OMB APPROVAL

OMB Number:3235-0288
Expires:April 30, 2015
Estimated average burden
hours per response..2645.52

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

¨REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 20132016

OR

 

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

¨SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                    

For the transition period from                    to                    

Commission file number 0-29962

Novogen Limited

ACN 063 259 754

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

New South Wales, Australia

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Level 1, 16-20 Edgeworth David Avenue,5, 20 George Street, Hornsby, New South Wales 2077, Australia

(Address of principal executive offices)

Mr Graham KellyMs Cristyn Humphreys

Graham.Kelly@novogen.com(e)Cristyn.Humphreys@novogen.com (t) +61-2-9472-4101

Level 1, 16-20 Edgeworth David Avenue,5, 20 George Street, Hornsby, New South Wales 2077, Australia

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares*American Depositary Shares, each representing twenty-five Ordinary SharesShares*The NASDAQ Stock Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

 

 

 

*Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

Not Applicable

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

The number of outstanding Ordinary Shares of the issuer as at June 30, 20132016 was 138,276,033.429,733,982.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  ¨             No  x

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  ¨            No  x

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  x             No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes  ¨            No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨Accelerated filer  ¨Non-accelerated filer  x

Accelerated filer  ¨Non-accelerated filer  x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing

 

U.S. GAAP  ¨

    

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board  x

  

Other  ¨

If ‘Other’ has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17  ¨        Item 18¨

If this is an annual report, indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes  ¨             No  x

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   1  

PART I

   2  

Item 1.

  

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

   2  

Item 2.

  

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

   2  

Item 3.

  

Key Information

   2  

Item 4.

  

Information on the Company

   1112  

Item 4A.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

   2221  

Item 5.

  

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

   2221  

Item 6.

  

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

   29  

Item 7.

  

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

43

Item 8.

Financial Information

   45  

Item 9.8.

  

The Offer and ListingFinancial Information

   4746

Item 9.

The Offer and Listing46  

Item 10.

  

Additional Information

   48  

Item 11.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   5259  

Item 12.

  

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

   5359  

PART II

   5461  

Item 13.

  

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

   5461  

Item 14.

  

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and the Use of Proceeds

   5461  

Item 15.

  

Controls and Procedures

   5461  

Item 16.

  

[Reserved]

   5562  

Item 16A.

  

Audit Committee Financial Expert

   5562  

Item 16B.

  

Code of Ethics

   5562  

Item 16C.

  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   5562  

Item 16D.

  

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

   5663  

Item 16E.

  

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

   5663

Item 16F.

Changes in registrant’s Certifying Accountant63

Item 16G.

Corporate Governance63  

Item 16H.

  

Mine Safety Disclosure

   5764  

PART III

   5864  

Item 17.

  

Financial Statements – Not Applicable

   5864  

Item 18.

  

Financial Statements

   5864  

Item 19.

  

Exhibits

   5864  


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 20-F includes forward-looking statements, which involve a number of risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified as such because the context of the statement will include words such as “may,” “will,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “likely,” or “opportunity,” the negative of these words or other similar words. Similarly, statements that describe our future plans, strategies, intentions, expectations, objectives, goals or prospects and other statements that are not historical facts are also forward-looking statements. Discussions containing these forward-looking statements may be found, among other places, in “Business Overview” and “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in this Annual Report on Form 20-F. For such statements, we claim the protection of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.1995 and section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Readers of this Annual Report on Form 20-F are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the time this Annual Report on Form 20-F was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. These forward-looking statements are based largely on our expectations and projections about future events and future trends affecting our business, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, those discussed in “Risk Factors” and in “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. In addition, past financial or operating performance is not necessarily a reliable indicator of future performance, and you should not use our historical performance to anticipate results or future period trends. We can give no assurances that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them do, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the filing of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, “Novogen,” “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Novogen Limited and its wholly owned subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless the context otherwise provides.

PART I

 

Item 1.Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors

Item 1 details are not required to be disclosed as part of the Annual Report.

 

Item 2.Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Item 2 details are not required to be disclosed as part of the Annual Report.

 

Item 3.Key Information

Selected Financial Datafinancial data

The selected financial data at June 30, 20132016 and 20122015 and for the years ended June 30, 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report and should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by, reference to those statements and the notes thereto.

This financial report complies with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’(“IFRS”) as adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’(“IASB”).

The consolidated financial statements have been audited in accordance with the PCAOBPublic Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) auditing standards in the United States by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

The Company’s fiscal year ends on June 30. As used throughout this Annual Report, the word “fiscal” followed by a year refers to the 12-month period ended on June 30 of that year. For example, the term “fiscal 2013”2016” refers to the 12 months ended June 30, 2013.2016. Except as otherwise indicated, all dollar amounts referred to in this Annual Report are at the consolidated level and exclude inter-company amounts.

Summary of consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

(IFRS)

Summary of consolidated profit or loss and other
comprehensive income (IFRS)
  2012
A$’000
  2013
A$’000
  2014
A$’000
  2015
A$’000
  2016
A$’000
  2016
US$’000
 

Revenue and other income

   2,373    1,730    429    2,842    4,071    3,026  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense from continuing operations

   (1,471  (1,508  (7,569  (7,306  (12,155  (9,033

Profit after income tax expense from discontinued operations

   121    723    —      —      —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss after income tax expense for the year

   (1,350  (785  (7,569  (7,306  (12,155  (9,033
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of Novogen Limited

   1,309    (1,031  (7,468  (7,139  (12,062  (8,965
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per share for loss from continuing operations attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

       

Basic earnings /(loss) per share (cents per share)

   (1.44  (1.32  (4.76  (2.99  (2.82  (2.10

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cents per share)

   (1.44  (1.32  (4.76  (2.99  (2.82  (2.10

Earnings per share for profit/(loss) from discontinued operations attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

       

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (cents per share)

   2.72    0.42    —      —      —      —    

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cents per share)

   2.72    0.42    —      —      —      —    

Earnings per share for profit/(loss) attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

       

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (cents per share)

   1.28    (0.90  (4.76  (2.99  (2.82  (2.10

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cents per share)

   1.28    (0.90  (4.76  (2.99  (2.82  (2.10

Weighted average number of ordinary share shares used to calculate earnings per share

   102,435,227    114,690,737    156,725,363    238,418,048    427,431,910    427,431,910  

Number of outstanding ordinary shares at year end

   103,805,676    138,276,033    168,557,834    423,116,465    429,733,982    429,733,982  

 

   2009
(A$‘000)
  2010
(A$‘000)
  2011
(A$‘000)
  2012
(A$‘000)
  2013
(A$‘000)
  2013
(US$‘000)
 

Revenue from continuing operations

   2,088    1,659    2,025    1,447    1,112    1,019  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss after income tax from continuing operations

   (21,338  (14,653  (5,339  (1,471  (1,508  (1,383

Profit/(loss) after tax from discontinued operations

   (2,449  (593  (4,140  121    723    663  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (23,787  (15,246  (9,479  (1,350  (785  (720
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net profit/(loss) attributable to members of Novogen Limited

   (18,928  (12,345  (6,498  1,309    (1,031  (945
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations (cents per share)

   (21.0  (14.3  (5.2  (1.4  (1.3  (1.2

Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share from discontinued operations (cents per share)

   2.4    2.2    (1.2  2.7    0.4    0.4  

Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share (cents per share)

   (18.6  (12.1  (6.4  1.3    (0.9  (0.8

Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares used to calculate earnings per share

   101,741,016    102,125,894    102,125,894    102,430,637    114,690,737    114,690,737  

Number of outstanding Ordinary Shares at year end

   102,125,894    102,125,894    102,125,894    103,805,676    138,276,033    138,276,033  

Summary of consolidated statements of financial position
Summary of consolidated financial position (IFRS)  2012
A$’000
   2013
A$’000
   2014
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
   2016
A$’000
   2016
US$’000
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   8,348     2,738     2,502     44,371     33,453     24,862  

Total assets

   8,985     5,749     4,660     46,140     35,517     26,396  

Net assets/Equity

   5,113     4,041     1,413     44,362     33,931     25,217  

Debt

   —       1,416     2,707     —       —       —    

Capital Stock

   199,026     137,663     142,586     190,404     191,301     142,175  

(IFRS)

   2009
(A$‘000)
   2010
(A$‘000)
   2011
(A$‘000)
   2012
(A$‘000)
   2013
(A$‘000)
   2013
(US$‘000)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   33,338     15,131     6,016     8,348     2,738     2,509  

Total assets

   37,842     19,290     12,727     8,985     5,749     5,269  

Net assets/Equity

   28,773     13,176     4,420     5,113     4,041     3,703  

Debt

   —       —       1,047     —       1,416     1,298  

Capital stock

   206,419     206,419     194,295     199,026     137,663     126,168  

At Novogen’s Annual General Meeting on 12 November 2012, shareholders approved the demerger of Novogen and MEI Pharma. On November 27, 2012, a dividend of $24,775,000 was paid via anin-specie distribution of shares in MEI Pharma, Inc. (‘MEI’) representing 23.87 cents per ordinary share. No other dividends have been declared by the Company in the fiscal years included in this report.

The Company publishes its consolidated financial statements expressed in Australian dollars. In this Annual Report, references to “U.S. dollars” or “US$” are to the currency of the United States of America (‘(“U.S.) and references to “Australian dollars” or “A$” are to the currency of Australia. For the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations of certain Australian dollar amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Australian dollar amounts actually represent such U.S. dollar amounts or could be converted into U.S. dollars at the rate indicated. Unless otherwise stated, the translations of Australian dollars into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of US$0.91650.7432 = A$1.00, the foreign exchange rate as issued weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (www.federalreserve.gov/releases) on June 28, 2013.30, 2016. The rate on September 30, 20132016 was US$0.93420.7667 = A$1.001.00.

Exchange rates for the six months to September 2013

2016 A$ versus1.00 per US$

 

Month  High   Low   High   Low 

April

  $1.0564    $1.0255    $0.7817    $0.7504  

May

  $1.0313    $0.9608    $0.7641    $0.7184  

June

  $0.9770    $0.9165    $0.7598    $0.7225  

July

  $0.9259    $0.8957    $0.7632    $0.7453  

August

  $0.9193    $0.8901    $0.7717    $0.7516  

September

  $0.9444    $0.9055    $0.7676    $0.7470  

Exchange rates for the last five fiscal years A$ versus1.00 per US$

 

Fiscal Year ended June 30  Average
Rate
 

2009

  $0.7455  

2010

  $0.8820  

2011

  $0.9904  

2012

  $1.0323  

2013

  $1.0272  
Fiscal year ended June 30  Average Rate* 

2012

  $1.0323  

2013

  $1.0272  

2014

  $0.9186  

2015

  $0.8365  

2016

  $0.7289  

As mentioned above, the Company paid an in-specie distribution of the shares of MEI held by Novogen Limited, on November 27, 2012 following shareholders’ approval Annual General Meeting held on November 17, 2012. This report has been prepared on the basis of the current business structure which excludes MEI and any other businesses or assets disposed of during the fiscal year. MEI and the Consumer Business show as discontinued operations.

*Determined by calculating the average rate of the exchange rates on the last trading day of each month during the period.

Risk Factorsfactors

Investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks described below, together with other information in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and our other public filings, before making investment decisions regarding our securities. If any of the following events actually occur, our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. This could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Moreover, the risks described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.

The Company currently is exploring the development of anti-cancer drugs based on two unproven drug technology platforms. Failure of either or both of these platforms to prove suitable for drug candidate selection, may have a material adverse effect on our business and our financial condition.

The Company is committed to the identification ofdeveloping lead candidate anti-cancer drugs from the two drug technology platforms, super-benzopyrans (“SBP”) and anti-tropomyosins. Although earlyanti-tropomyosins (“ATM”). Early pre-clinical studies have confirmed the utility of eitherboth drug technology platformplatforms in the generation of compounds with novel and potent cytotoxicity against various human cancer cell lines in vitro there areand in vivo. The Company was successful in gaining Investigational New Drug (“IND”) status from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for our lead SBP. While we have addressed early stage risk associated with toxicity, significant risks and uncertainties remain in translating those early laboratory results into drugs that will have meaningful clinical application and meetin the market place given the stringent requirementsclinical trial process that is required to achieve market approval. We are in the process of regulatory authorities such as the United States Food and Drug Administration, who review Investigational New Drug (IND) Applications to enable the conductour IND-enabling safety evaluation of first in man clinical trials.our lead ATM drug candidate so significant safety risk remains with this technology platform. The Company plans to submit an IND to the FDA to obtain the appropriate approvalsapproval to enable the trials.a Phase I trial of our lead ATM drug candidate.

Factors that have a negative impact on early drug candidate selection may include:

 

poor formulation;

unacceptably high toxicitytoxicity;

 

poor bio-availabilitybio-availability;

 

unacceptably short drug half-lifehalf-life;

 

inability to deliver the drug in a practical mannermanner; and

 

insurmountable difficulties in large-scale manufacture.

The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on a continuing positive news flow from its pre-clinical Research & Development (“R&D&D”) programs, and its ability to raise capital to support those programs.

The Company has limited cash resources and will need substantial additional funds to maintain the planned level of R&D. We expect to consume cash and incur operating losses for the foreseeable future as the Company continues developing its oncology drug candidates. The impact on cash resources and results from operations will vary with the extent and timing of the future clinical trial program. While it is not possible to make accurate predictions of future operating results, we expect existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to continue our research and development activities until approximately second quarter 2018.

The factors that will determine the actual amount of additional capital required may include the following:

 

the recruitment rate, duration and of the Cantrixil Phase I clinical trial and observed efficacy signals in cancer patients;

the length of time and amount of work required for the lead ATM to complete its safety evaluation program to bring any lead candidate compounds through their pre-clinical programs;

rate of success and the length of time it takes to identify lead candidate compounds in both the super-benzopyran and anti-tropomyosin drug technologies;

the length of time and amount of work required to bring any lead candidate compounds through their pre-clinical programs

 

the need to employ additional staff or contractors to meet the needs of the R&D programs.

If Novogenthe Company is unable to obtain additional funds on favorable terms or at all, it may be required to cease or reduce its operations. Also, if Novogenthe Company raises more funds by selling additional securities, the ownership interests of holders of its securities will be diluted.

We receive Australian government research and development grants. If we lose funding from these research and development grants, we may encounter difficulties in the funding of future research and development projects, which could harm our operating results.

We have historically received, and expect to continue to receive, grants through the Australian federal government’s Research and Development Tax Incentive program, under which the government provides a cash refund for the 45% of eligible research and development expenditures by small Australian entities, which are defined as Australian entities with less than A$20 million in revenue, having a tax loss. The Australian federal government’s Research and Development Tax incentive program cash refund changes from 45% to 43.5% from July 2016. The Research and Development Tax Incentive grant is made by the Australian federal government for eligible research and development purposes based on the filing of an annual application. We received Research and Development Tax Incentive grants in fiscal 2015 and 2016 of A$1.5 million and A$2.9 million, respectively. This grant is available for our research and development activities in Australia, as well as activities in the United States to the extent such U.S. based expenses relate to our activities in Australia, do not exceed half the expenses for the relevant activities and are approved by the Australian government. To the extent our research and development expenditures are deemed to be “ineligible,” then our grants would decrease. In addition, the Australian government may in the future decide to modify the requirements of, reduce the amounts of the grants available under, or discontinue the Research and Development Tax Incentive program. For instance, the Australian government recently received a recommendation from a review panel recommending a reduction of the amount of the grants available to small entities such as Novogen to a maximum of A$2 million per annum. Any such change in the Research and Development Tax Incentive program could have a material adverse effect on our future cash flows and financial position.

The Company is at an early stage of drug development and is in the process of applying for patents over composition and matter and use for both of its drug technology platforms. There is no certainty that patent protection will be granted.

The Company’sCompany has an extensive patent portfolio to protect its key assets. The patent strategy is adapted for each technology platform and the sub-sections of each platform. The over-arching strategy in a development stage. It comprises a certain numberthe IP portfolio is to cover the three critical corner stones of provisionalpharmaceutical patent: composition of matter (the breadth structures covered in the patent), method of manufacture (the chemical processes used to manufacture the compounds disclosed in the patent) and method of use. Our key patents thatcovering lead assets have been lodgedgranted in Australia and others that are at different stages of entering national phase in jurisdictions covering ~95% of the process of being lodged. The patents usually have worldwideglobal market as measured by sales. Consequently, the risk to our patent coverage with a particular focus on USA, EU, Asia and Australia.for our lead assets has been substantially reduced. While the Company’s patent strategy is closely supervised by experienced patent attorneys and every effort made to ensure the likely success of achieving approval of patent claims in all major territories, there is no guarantee that any or all territories will grant such claims.

Negative global economic conditions may pose challenges to the Company’s business strategy, which relies on access to capital from the markets or collaborators. Failure to obtain sufficient funding on acceptable terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Negative conditions in the global economy, including credit markets and the financial services industry, have generally made equity and debt financing more difficult to obtain, and may negatively impact the Company’s ability to complete financing transactions. The duration and severity of these conditions is uncertain, as is the extent to which they may adversely affect the Company’s business and the business of current and prospective vendors and collaborators. If negative global economic conditions persist or worsen, the Company may be unable to secure additional funding to sustain its operations or to find suitable collaborators to advance its internal programs, even if positive results are achieved from research and development efforts.

If we are unable to raise sufficient funding on acceptable terms, we may be unable to continue to operate. There is no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining sufficient financing on acceptable terms and conditions to fund continuing operations, if at all. Our failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Historical Performance and future outlook

With the recent acquisition of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd and ongoing research and development the companyOur Company has had a history of incurring losses. The extent of any future losses, and whether or not the Company can generate profits, remains uncertain.

The Company is involved in early stage research and development and has a history of incurring losses. The Company is likely to continue to incur operating losses in the near future, until such time as any possible commercial breakthrough occurs. As discussed in the report the board’s outlook

The Company incurred net losses of A$7.6 million for year ended June 30, 2014, net losses of A$7.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2015 and net losses of A$12.2 million for year ended June 30, 2016. As of June 30, 2016, we have accumulated losses of A$160.5 million (US$119.3 million) and the extent of any future losses and whether or not the Company is one of optimism for the future.can generate profits remains uncertain.

Final approval by regulatory authorities of the Company’s drug candidates for commercial use may be delayed, limited or prevented, any of which would adversely affect its ability to generate operating revenues.

The Company will not generate any operating revenue until it, or its subsidiaries, successfully commercializes one of its drug candidates.candidates via Royalty and license agreements. Currently, the Company’s drug candidates are at an early stage of development, and each will need to successfully proceed through a number of steps in order to obtain regulatory approval before potential commercialization.

For example, any of the following factors may serve to delay, limit or prevent the final approval by regulatory authorities of the Company’s drug candidates for commercial use:

 

Thethe Company has identified onethree lead candidate compound,compounds, Cantrixil, Anisina and Trilexium. Cantrixil has received IND status and will commence clinical trials later in 2016. The company and/or licensees of the technology will need to demonstrate safety and efficacy through standard clinical development methodologies before an application to market can be made to begin generating revenue. Anisina and Trilexium and is in the process of identifying a number of other lead candidate compounds. All are in theat early stages of development, and the Company will need to conduct significant pre-clinical and clinical testing to demonstrate safety and efficacy studies of these drug candidates before applications for marketingclinical trials can be filedbegin with the FDA, or with the regulatory authorities of other countries;these compounds;

 

data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical studies can be interpreted in different ways, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval;will impact “go”/“no-go” decision points that may impact further development;

 

development and testing of product formulation, including identification of suitable excipients, or chemical additives intended to facilitate delivery of the Company’s drug candidates;candidates, particularly for Trilexium; and

 

it may take the Company many years to complete the testing of its drug candidates, and failure can occur at any stage of this process; and

negative or inconclusive results or adverse medical events during a clinical trial could cause the Company to delay or terminate its development efforts.process.

The successful development of any of these drug candidates is uncertain and, accordingly, the Company may never commercialise any of these drug candidates or generate revenue.

Even if the Company receives regulatory approval to commercialize its drug candidates, the ability to generate revenues from any resulting products will be subject to a variety of risks, many of which are out of the Company’s control.

Even if the drug candidates obtainRegardless of regulatory approval, resulting products arising from the development process may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payers or the medical community. The Company believes that the degree of market acceptance and its ability to generate revenues from such products will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

advancements in the treatment of cancer that make our treatments obsolete;

market exclusivity and competitor products;

 

timing of market introduction of the Company’s drugs and competitive drugs;

 

actual and perceived efficacy and safety of the Company’s drug candidates;

 

prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

potential or perceived advantages or disadvantages over alternative treatments;

 

strength of sales, marketing and distribution support;

 

price of future products, both in absolute terms and relative to alternative treatments;

the effect of current and future healthcare laws on the Company’s drug candidates; and

 

availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payers.

If any of the Company’s drugs are approved and fail to achieve market acceptance, the Company may not be able to generate significant revenue to achieve or sustain profitability.

The Company may not be able to establish the contractual arrangements necessary to develop, market and distribute the product candidates. Our failure to do so may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

AThe Company has been successful in executing contractual agreements with strategic partners. This remains a key part of the Company’s business plan is to establish contractual relationships with strategic partners. Theand the Company must successfully contractcontinue to partner with third parties to package,manufacture clinical grade drug product, and conduct key pre-clinical and clinical investigations. Strategic agreements around packaging, branding, market access and distributedistribution for its product candidates.drug products will also eventually be required.

Potential partners maycould be discouraged by the Company’s limited operating history.

There is no assurance that the Company will be able to negotiate commercially acceptable licensing or other agreements for the future exploitation of its drug product candidates including continued clinical development, manufacture or marketing. If the Company is unable to successfully contract for these services, or if arrangements for these services are terminated, itthe Company may have to delay the commercialization program which will adversely affect its ability to generate operating revenues.

The Company’s commercial opportunity will be reduced or eliminated if competitors develop and market products that are more effective, have fewer side effects or are less expensive than its drug candidates.

The development of drug candidates is highly competitive.competitive and is high risk. A number of other companies have products or drug candidates in various stages of pre-clinical or clinical development that are intended for the same therapeutic indications for which the Company’s drug candidates are being developed. Some of these potential competing drugs are further advanced in development than the Company’s drug candidates and may be commercialized sooner. Even if the Company is successful in developing effective drugs, its compounds may not compete successfully with products produced by its competitors.

The Company’s competitors include pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies, as well as universities and public and private research institutions. In addition, companies active in different but related fields represent substantial competition. Many of the Company’s competitors developing oncology drugs have significantly greater capital resources, larger research and development staffsR&D staff and facilities and greater experience in drug development, regulation, manufacturing and marketing. These organizations also compete with the Company and its service providers, to recruit qualified personnel, and to attract partners for joint ventures and to license technologies. As a result, the Company’s competitors may be able to more easily develop technologies and products that would render the Company’s technologies or its drug candidates obsolete or non-competitive.

The Company relies on third parties to conduct its pre-clinical studies. If those parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, the Company’s drug candidates may not advance in a timely manner or at all.

In the course of discovery, pre-clinical testing and clinical trials, the Company relies on third parties, including laboratories, investigators, clinical contract research organizations or CROs,(“CROs”), and manufacturers, to perform critical services. For example, the Company relies on third parties to conduct all of its pre-clinical studies. These third parties may not be available when the Company needs them or, if they are available, may not comply with all regulatory and contractual requirements or may not otherwise perform their services in a timely or acceptable manner, and the Company may need to enter into new arrangements with alternative third parties and the studies may be extended, delayed or terminated. These independent

third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, some of which may compete with the Company. As a result of the Company’s dependence on third parties, it may face delays or failures outside of its direct control. These risks also apply to the development activities of collaborators, and the Company does not control their research and development, clinical trial or regulatory activities.

The Company has no direct control over the cost of manufacturing its drug candidates. Increases in the cost of manufacturing the Company’s drug candidates would increase the costs of conducting clinical trials and could adversely affect future profitability.

The Company does not intend to manufacture the drug product candidates in-house, and it will rely on third parties for drug supplies both for clinical trials and for commercial quantities in the future. The Company has taken the strategic decision not to manufacture active pharmaceutical ingredients (‘API’(“API”) for the drug candidates, as these can be more economically supplied by third parties with particular expertise in this area. The Company plans tooutsources the manufacture of its drug product and testtesting of it to FDA requirements. The Company has identifieduses contract facilities that are registered with the FDA, have a track record of large scale API manufacture, and have already invested in capital and equipment. The Company has no direct control over the cost of manufacturing its product candidates. If the cost of manufacturing increases, or if the cost of the materials used increases, these costs willmay be passed on, making the cost of conducting clinical trials more expensive. Increases in manufacturing costs could adversely affect the Company’s future profitability if it was unable to pass all of the increased costs along to its customers.

The Company may face a risk of product liability claims and may not be able to obtain adequate insurance.

The Company’s business exposes it to the risk of product liability claims. This risk is inherent in the manufacturing, testing and marketing of human therapeutic products. The Company has product liability insurance. The coverage is subject to deductibles and coverage limitations. The Company is in the process of identifying lead candidate compounds. When identified, and INDs are obtained they will be taken into the clinic. The Company may not be able to obtain or maintain adequate protection against potential liabilities, or claims may exceed the insurance limits. If the Company cannot or does not sufficiently insure against potential product liability claims, it may be exposed to significant liabilities, which may materially and adversely affect theour business, developmentresults of operations and commercialization efforts.financial condition.

Enforceability of civil liabilities under the federal securities laws against the Company or the Company’s officers and directors may be difficult.

The Company is a public company limited by shares and is registered and operates under the Australian Corporations Act 2001. AllSome of the Company’s five directors named in this Annual Reportand officers reside outside the U.S. Substantially all of the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of the directly owned assets of those personsthe Company are located outside of the U.S.United States. As a result, it may not be possibledifficult or impossible for investors to affecteffect service onof process within the United States against the Company or such persons in the U.S.its directors and officers or to enforce in foreign courts,against them any of the judgments, against such personsincluding those obtained in original actions or in actions to enforce judgments of the U.S. courts, and predicated onupon the civil liability provisions of the federal or state securities laws of the U.S.United States. There is doubt as to the enforceability in the Commonwealth of Australia, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities predicated solely upon federal or state securities laws of the U.S., especially in the case of enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts where the defendant has not been properly served in Australia.

The trading price of the Company’s ordinary shares and ADRsAmerican Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) is highly volatile. Your investment could decline in value and the Company may incur significant costs from class action litigation and its securities may be delisted from Nasdaq.NASDAQ.

The trading price of the Company’s ordinary shares and ADRs is highly volatile in response to various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, including:

 

unacceptable toxicity findings in animals and humans;

lack of efficacy in human trials at Phase II stage or beyond;

announcements of technological innovations by the Company and its competitors;

new products introduced or announced by the Company or its competitors;

 

changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

 

actual or anticipated variations in operating results;

 

expiration or termination of licenses, research contracts or other collaboration agreements;

 

conditions or trends in the regulatory climate in the biotechnology, pharmaceutical and genomics industries;

 

changes in the market values of similar companies;

 

the liquidity of any market for the Company’s securities; and

 

additional sales by the Company of its shares.

In addition, equity markets in general and the market for biotechnology and life sciences companies in particular, have experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the companies traded in those markets. Further changes in economic conditions in Australia, the United States, Europe,U.S., EU, or globally, could impact the Company’s ability to grow profitably. Adverse economic changes are outside the Company’s control and may result in material adverse effects on the Company’s business or results of operations. These broad market and industry factors may materially affect the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares and ADRs regardless of its development and operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against that company. Such litigation, if instituted against the Company, could cause it to incur substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.

If the market price of the Company’s ADRs remains below US$5.00 per share, under stock exchange rules, the Company’s stockholders will not be able to use such ADRs as collateral for borrowing in margin accounts. This inability to use ADRs as collateral may depress demand as certain institutional investors are restricted from investing in securities priced below US$5.00 and may lead to sales of such ADRs, creating downward pressure on and increased volatility in the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares and ADRs.

In addition, under NasdaqNASDAQ rules, companies listed on the NasdaqNASDAQ Capital Market are required to maintain a share price of at least US$1.00 per share and if the share price declines below US$1.00 for a period of 30 consecutive business days, then thethat listed company would have 180 days to regain compliance with the US$1.00 per share minimum. In the event that the Company’s share price declines below US$1.00, it may be required to take action, such as a reverse stock split, in order to comply with the NasdaqNASDAQ rules that may be in effect at the time.

Because we are not necessarily required to provide you with the same information as an issuer of securities based in the United States, you may not be afforded the same protection or information you would have if you had invested in a public corporation based in the United States.

We are exempt from certain provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, commonly referred to as the Exchange Act, that are applicable to U.S. public companies, including (i) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K; (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and (iii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time. The exempt provisions would be available to you if you had invested in a U.S. corporation.

However, in line with the Australian Securities Exchange regulations, we disclose our financial results on a semi-annual basis which are required to have a limited review semi-annually and to be fully audited annually. The information, which may have an effect on our stock price on the Australian Securities Exchange, will also be disclosed to the Australian Securities Exchange and the Securities Exchange Commission. Other relevant information pertaining to our Company will also be disclosed in line with the Australian Securities Exchange regulations and information dissemination requirements for listed companies. We will provide our semi-annual results and other material information that we make public in Australia in the U.S. under the cover of an SEC Form 6-K. Nevertheless, you may not be afforded the same protection or information, which would be made available to you, were you investing in a United States public corporation because the requirements of a Form 10-Q and Form 8-K are not applicable to us.

In certain circumstances, holders of ADSs may have limited rights relative to holders of ordinary shares. An ADS refers to the individual share represented by the ADR program. The rights of holders of ADSs with respect to the voting of ordinary shares and the right to receive certain distributions may be limited in certain respects by the deposit agreement entered into by us and The Bank of New York Mellon. For example, although ADS holders are entitled under the deposit agreement, subject to any applicable provisions of Australian law and of our Constitution, to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights pertaining to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs, and the depositary has agreed that it will try, as far as practical, to vote the ordinary shares so represented in accordance with such instructions, ADS holders may not receive notices sent by the depositary in time to ensure that the depositary will vote the ordinary shares. This means that, from a practical point of view, the holders of ADRs may not be able to exercise their right to vote. In addition, under the deposit agreement, the depositary has the right to restrict distributions to holders of the ADSs in the event that it is unlawful or impractical to make such distributions. We have no obligation to take any action to permit distributions to holders of our ADSs. As a result, holders of ADSs may not receive distributions.

There is a substantial risk that we are, or will become, a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, which will subject our U.S. investors to adverse tax rules

Holders of our ADSs who are U.S. residents face income tax risks. There is a substantial risk that we are, or will become, a passive foreign investment company, commonly referred to as a PFIC. Our treatment as a PFIC could result in a reduction in the after-tax return to the holders of our ADSs and would likely cause a reduction in the value of such ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which either (i) 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of all of our assets for the taxable year produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is considered to be an asset that produces passive income. We believe that there is a risk we will be classified as a PFIC for the taxable year ended June 30, 2016. If we are classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, highly complex rules will apply to U.S. holders owning ADSs. Accordingly, you are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of such rules. See Item 10 - Additional Information - Taxation, United States Federal Income Tax Consequences” for a more complete discussion of the U.S. federal income tax risks related to owning and disposing of our ADSs.

Item 4.Information on the Company

History and development of the Company

Novogen Limited, a public company limited by shares, was incorporated in March 1994 under the jurisdiction of the laws of New South Wales, Australia. Novogen is registered and operates under the Australian Corporations Act.Act 2001. Novogen has its registered office at Level 1, 16-20 Edgeworth David Avenue,5, 20 George Street, Hornsby, New South Wales NSW 2077, Australia. Its telephone number and other contact details are: Phone 61-2-9476-0344;+61-2-9472 4100; Fax 61-2-9476-0388;+61-2-9476-0388; and website,www.novogen.com (the information contained in the website does not form part of the Annual Report). The Company’s Ordinary Shares are listed on the Australian StockSecurities Exchange (‘ASX’(“ASX”) under the symbol ‘NRT’ and its ADRs, each representing twenty-five Ordinary Shares, trade on the NasdaqNASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol ‘NVGN’. The Depositary for the Company’s agent in the U.S. for ADR’sADRs is theThe Bank of New York Mellon, 101 Barclay Street 22W New York, N.Y. 10286.

Capital expenditures

On December 5, 2012 the Company acquired 100% of the Ordinary Shares of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd (‘Triaxial’) for the total consideration of A$2,886,000. Refer to note 29 for further details The Company made no other major investments of a capital nature during fiscal 2013 or 2012.

Business overview

Nature of the Business

Since its inception in 1994, the principal business of Novogenthe Company has been pharmaceutical drug development. The previous Novogen Board had divested the Company of all intellectual property in this area and of any resources and personnel relevant to Research and Development (‘R&D’). The pharmaceutical drug development business was restored on December 5, 2012 withWith the acquisition of Triaxial.

Corporate developments

Novogen

Board of Directors

During the year ended June 30, 2013 the previous Board resigned and an entirely new Board was appointed.

The Company directors as at the date of this report are as follows:

Graham KellyChairman (appointed 7Triaxial in December 2012)
Robert BirchDeputy Chairman (appointed 7 December 2012)
Andrew HeatonExecutive Director (appointed 7 December 2012)
Steven CoffeyNon-Executive Director (appointed 8 November 2012)
John O’ConnorNon-Executive Director (appointed 25 May 2012)

Former directors who served during the financial year ended 30 June 2013:

William RueckertFormer Chairman (resigned 7 December 2012)
Peter WhiteFormer Director (resigned 7 December 2012)
Ross YoungmanFormer Director (resigned 8 November 2012)
Josiah AustinFormer Director (resigned 19 April 2013)

More information on each of the current Directors is contained under the item “Directors” commencing on page [31].

Kai Medical

On July 27, 2012, the previous Board of Novogen announced that it had entered into a merger agreement with Kai Medical Holdings Limited, a US-based company whose business is focused on sleep apnoea therapy devices. That agreement was terminated shortly after when advice was received that the merger would have created problems with Australian Securities Exchange (‘ASX’) listing rules.

Disposal of MEI Pharma, Inc.

Novogen was a majority (approximately 60%) shareholder in MEI Pharma, Inc. (‘MEIP’). MEIP held the Company’s intellectual property in the field of isoflavonoid drugs.

On 17 November 2012, Novogen shareholders approved thein-specie distribution of MEIP, that distribution eventually occurring on 27 November 2012.

Glycotex, Inc.

Glycotex Inc. previously held the Company’s glucan technology intellectual property for the treatment of trophic ulcers. That intellectual property was sold on July 27, 2012 for total cash proceeds of A$150,000 to a private US-based company.

On November 27, 2012, the Company sold the remaining shell company to another private US-based company.increased its pharmaceutical drug research and development.

Corporate developments

Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd

On 5In December 2012, the Company acquired the biotechnology company Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd.Ltd (“Triaxial”). Triaxial developed a novel technology platform allowing the design and construction of a novel family of compounds that Triaxial refers to as super-benzopyrans. The companyCompany acquired the outstanding shares of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd, which includedincluding those of its shareholders ProfessorDr Graham Kelly, Dr Andrew Heaton and Robert Birch, who became directors of Novogen as a result of this transaction. 15.4 million Novogen shares were issued at a fair value of $0.09A$0.09 per share as part of the acquisition, andthe purchase price of which included a $1.5A$1.5 million loan, payable to the Triaxial shareholders.

In December 2014, the Company and convertible note holders, former shareholders of Triaxial, signed an amendment to the Convertible Note Deed Poll (“Deed”) which superseded the precedent Loan Agreement between Triaxial shareholders and the Company. The amendment to the Deed extinguishes the liability created by the Loan Agreement, which was carried over to the original version of the Deed. The amendment allowed the Company to convert the liability attached to the transaction into ordinary shares instead by removing the clauses allowing redemption in cash. The conditions of conversion into ordinary shares regarding the convertible notes are still dependent of the achievement of defined milestones established in the schedule of the Deed. Accordingly, the convertible notes have been reclassified as an equity instrument rather than debt instrument.

In August 2016, the Company announced the submission of an IND application with the FDA and, in September 2016, the Company received a letter from the FDA advising that the study may proceed. Accordingly, the Company advised the note holders of this conversion event and 20,000,000 ordinary shares were issued to the noteholders in September 2016.

CanTx Inc.

CanTx, Inc., a subsidiary in which a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company held an 85% interest, was dissolved in May 2016. The dissolution was completed following a decision to stop funding the operations of CanTx, Inc.

Other

On 5 FebruaryOctober 8, 2013, the Company announced the filingacquisition of a provisional patent application with the Patent Office covering the manufacture and use of super-benzopyrans.anti-tropomyosin technology from Genscreen Pty Ltd.

On 18 February 2013May 2, 2014, the Company announced results of an important study concerning its lead experimental drug CS- 6. Initial studies showed highly effective results regarding ovarian cancer stem cells.a partnership with Genea Biocells Pty Ltd to investigate promising new approaches using the super-benzopyrans technology to treat neurodegenerative and musculodegenerative diseases.

Building Lease Assignment

Following the disposal of MEI, in June 2013On April 22, 2015, the Company assignedannounced that it had received notification from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) that its property leased in North Ryde, New South Wales, Australia, as it no longer needed the excess space and has since relocated to smaller premises in Hornsby, New South Wales, Australia. The Company still remains as the original lessee and a potential liability exists should the assignee default on the lease.chemotherapy candidate drug, Cantrixil, had been granted Orphan Drug Designation for ovarian cancer.

Capital raising

The Company undertook two capital-raisings during this financial year. The first was a private placement of ordinary shares to sophisticated investors in Australia managed by Patersons Securities. A$2,380,000 was raised by the issue of 14,425,150 ordinary shares at a price of 16.5 cents, being a 20% discount to the closing price of 20.5 cents on April 24, 2013.

The second raising was a Share Purchase Plan offered to Australian and New Zealand Novogen shareholders that raised A$790,000 through the issue of 4,645,207 ordinary shares at a price of 17.0 cents on May 28, 2013.

Research and development

Super-benzopyrans

The technology platform underpinning the Company’s R&D efforts is an ability to construct compounds based on a benzopyran molecular scaffold using a wide range of atoms and chemical moieties. The Company refers to the resulting structures as super-benzopyrans in order to distinguish them from other anti-cancer drugs based on the basic benzopyran scaffold and which are limited to carbon hydrogen and oxygen components.

The Company is in the early stages of exploiting this technology, but in the six months thatOn July 16, 2015, the Company has been engaged in this task, it has observed that super-benzopyran compounds display considerably different anti-cancer effects and more drug-like features compared to the simple benzopyrans that Novogen developed in the years 1998-2008. One of those differences is a considerable increase in anti-cancer potency. Some toxicity in animals also is being observed, something not previously encountered with the simple benzopyrans, although the side-effects are moderate and neither dose-limiting nor life-threatening. Studies are underway to better understand the nature of this toxicity, but it is believed to be a function of the super-benzopyran’s greater anti-cancer potency.

The Company is currently engaged in a program with the goal of delivering a number of super-benzopyran compounds with increasingly greater and more varied anti-cancer effects. The Company has engaged the services of a Swiss chemical company, Carbogen Amcis, to assist in the design and manufacture of these new compounds that then will be screened in the laboratory for their ability to kill human cancer cells. For screening, the Company is using primary cell cultures and cancer stem cell cultures rather than the more widely-used, commercially available differentiated cancer cell lines. This is a more expensive and more time-consuming approach than normally employed, but the Company believes that it will yield data far more relevant to the clinic and ultimately save the Company considerable time and money. The Company has

entered into contracts with a number of different biotechnology companies and research institutions globally to provide these screening services. The current contract calls for the delivery of 80 super-benzopyran analogs in quarter 2 2013, which the Company expects will take several months to screen for anti-cancer cell activity.

One of the key outcomes of the analog program to date has been the observation that minor structural changes to the underlying super-benzopyran structure yields changes in the types of cancer cells responding to the different compounds. The Company believes that this represents a minor change in the protein target, rather than a shift in the general nature of the target such as its phenotype. The precise molecular target of the Company’s lead candidate, CS-6, is under investigation at this time, but on the basis of early evidence is thought to be ability of the cancer cell’s mitochondria to provide energy. The Company’s working hypothesis is that the target is a protein involved in the bioenergetics of the cancer cell and that derives from a mutated gene within mitochondrial and nuclear DNA.

Trilexium

This is the Company’s lead drug candidate.

The primary clinical targets for Trilexium are ovarian cancer and glioblastoma multiforme (‘GBM’), the main form of primary brain cancer.

The ovarian cancer indication came out of data generated from a collaboration with Yale University Medical School. That data showed that Trilexium is highly cytotoxic to both ovarian cancer stem cells and to their daughter cells. The GBM clinical indication is predicated largely on two observations: (a) that Trilexium displays potent cytotoxicity against GBM cells in vitro, including primary cultures of GBM, and (b)announced that it has been deliberately designedreceived orphan drug status designation from the FDA for Anisina.

On February 19, 2016, the Company announced the patent covering Cantrixil and Trilexium has proceeded to meetgrant.

On June 14, 2016, the known major chemical criteriaCompany announced the patent covering Anisina has proceeded to grant.

On September 12, 2016, the Company announced the FDA approved the IND application for crossing the blood-brain barrier.

An important aspect of the current pre-clinical studies is the objective of identifying the preferred sub-sets of patients to target with Trilexium. In the case of patients with GBM, de-bulking surgery and radiotherapy followed by the drug, temozolomide (‘TMZ’), remain the standard of care for this cancer. GBM typically is a very aggressive cancer with a median survival of about 5 months following failure of TMZ therapy. In the face of such rapid disease progression, the optimal patient parameters and preferred method of drug administration will need to be identified beforehand. Early laboratory data is indicating that Trilexium is more effective against GBM cells inherently resistant to TMZ (approximately 80% of GBM tumors) and does not re-sensitise to GBM, all of which point to using the drug as a monotherapy preferentially in those patients who fail to respond to TMZ in the first place.

In the case of ovarian cancer, Trilexium does not reverse resistance to standard of care cytotoxic drugs, so again, seems certain to be used as a monotherapy in late-stage, chemo-refractory disease.Cantrixil.

Drug expansion programResearch and Development

The Company has settled on a preferred pharmacophore, this beingtwo drug technology platforms - Superbenzopyran (SBP) and Anti-tropomyosin (ATM) - around which the core partCompany has established very strong patent positions, and made considerable advances in fiscal 2016.

Cantrixil: From an operational perspective we successfully prepared and lodged our IND Application for our lead drug candidate Cantrixil (TRXE-002-1) with the FDA. This application consisted of the structurepharmacology, toxicology, Chemistry, Manufacturing Controls and Clinical protocol documentation considered requisite for an IND submission. The TRXE-002-1 pharmacology data was published in the prestigious American Association for Cancer Research (“AACR”) journal “Molecular Cancer Therapeutics” and the Toxicology data was presented at the 2016 Annual Conference of the super-benzopyran familyAmerican Association for Cancer Research. The Company successfully gained IND status from the FDA for TRXE-002-1 enabling us to execute our Phase I trial, and finalised agreements with Quintiles, the Clinical Research Organisation contracted to oversee the TRXE-002-1 Phase I clinical trial and identify hospital trial sites to conduct the Phase I trial.

Anisina: The Company is currently preparing Anisina (ATM-3507) pharmacology proof-of-concept reports and identifying target cancer indication(s) and completing scale up manufacture of molecules that is fundamentalATM-3507 drug substance and drug product to their integrity as active anti-cancer drugs. This pharmacophore is representedGLP standards for formal safety pharmacology and toxicity studies. The Company has initiated the requisite IND-enabling safety studies and commenced document preparation for the ATM-3507 IND submission to the FDA ahead of commencing our Phase I clinical trial on this drug candidate. The Company has also completed manufacture of cGMP drug substance to be used in the Trilexium structure.

Using this pharmacophore as the starting point, the current drug expansion program is seeking to identify new lead drug candidates that the Company intends to use as the basis of its goal of developing a panel of super-benzopyran drugs capable of anti-cancer activity across a wide spectrum of genotypes and phenotypes (in particular cancer stem cells and their differentiated daughter cells). The design and manufacture of the first 80 analogs, and their in vitro screening for anti-cancer activity, are current.

Geographical Information

See Item 18. “Financial Statements – Note 3 to the Financial Statements” for geographical information. Since the acquisition of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd the principal activities were in Australia.ATM-3507 Phase I trial.

Trilexium: The Company has identified the Trilexium (TRXE-009-1) drug target, mechanism of action and target cancer indication(s); generated proof-of-concept data in animal models of cancer, and are currently in the process of optimising drug product formulation to take forward into safety-pharmacology and toxicity studies ahead of progressing into the clinic with this molecule.

Discovery: The Company has identified a series of pipeline molecules from the second-generation super-benzopyran technology platform (AD-HET system) and a series of pipeline molecules from the next generation N-terminal targeting anti-tropomyosin family (termed 6500).

Intellectual Property: The Company has substantially strengthened the IP estate around the SBP and ATM technology platforms and has begun national phase roll out into international jurisdictions for current granted patents.

Other technologies: Results from the Regenerative Medicine, and Lysosomal storage disorder research programs did not justify further R&D expenditure. However, we did observe some positive data from the Facioscapulohumeral muscular dystrophy (“FSHD”) program and we are currently pursuing several development opportunities. Our decision to focus on Oncology drug development has allowed us to meet key development, intellectual and regulatory milestones for our lead oncology assets.

Patent Protection

The most important area of the intellectual property (‘IP’) of the Company is the Company’s discovery that compounds that the Company has self-described as super-benzopyransan aggressive global Intellectual Property (“IP”) strategy to protect its key assets and we have biological activity. Thispartnered with a global patent law firm to lodge patents that offer the best possible protection for our assets. The patent strategy is adapted for each technology platform and the basisprinciple mode of protection is through the Company’spatenting procedure, seeking to obtain exclusive licences for all its key inventions and drug development program.pipeline. The Company currently has one provisional patent applied and isover-arching strategy in the processIP portfolio is to cover the three critical corner stones of gathering pre-clinical data that will be added to that and other pending patent applications in order to seek protection over claims relating topharmaceutical patent: composition of matter process,(the breadth structures covered in the patent), method of manufacture (the chemical processes used to manufacture the compounds disclosed in the patent) and method of use. The Company’s IP is centered around two key technology platforms; the super-benzopyrans (SBPs) and the anti-tropomyosins (ATMs). Patents are submitted initially as provisional applications and after 12 months’ progress through to a Patent Cooperation Treaty (“PCT”) application. Our key patents covering lead assets, Cantrixil, Trilexium (both SBP assets) and Anisina (ATM asset) have been granted in Australia and are at different stages of entering national phase in jurisdictions covering approximately 95% of the global market as measured by sales.

Drug discovery/development efforts are contributing to our pipeline with our other technology platforms also delivering hit and lead drug candidates. As the research programs reveal new hit molecules, these are protected through lodging patents. The Company proposeswill continue to pursue a broad patent filing strategy based on multiple PCT (‘Patent Cooperation Treaty’) applicationsjurisdictions with particular attention paid toa focus on those member countries offering the most significant market opportunities for its future products.development.

Australian GovernmentKey developments during fiscal 2016 include:

The activitiesTri Series patent, which covers clinical candidates TRXE-002-1 and TRXE-009-1, was granted in Australia on February 18, 2016. The 30 month national phase entry deadline on this patent (priority date February 7, 2014) occurred on August 7, 2016. All documents are in place and national phase has been entered in jurisdictions that cover approximately 95% of the Company are subject to numerous Australian laws and regulations, including those described below.global pharmaceutical market, as measured by sales.

The Australian Corporations Law is3500 Series patent, which covers the main body of law governing companies incorporatedclinical candidate ATM-3507 was granted in Australia such as Novogen and its Australian subsidiaries.on June 9, 2016. The Australian Securities and Investments Commissionnational phase deadline for this patent (priority date July 16, 2014) is an Australian Government organization which administratively enforces legislationJanuary 17, 2017. The patent will enter national phase in jurisdictions covering matters such as directors’ duties and responsibilities,95% of the global pharmaceutical market (as measured by sales).

The Company’s other patent families have either reached the PCT stage, have begun to enter national phase in selected jurisdictions or are currently in preparation of accounts, auditor control, issue and transfer of shares, control of shareholders’ meetings, rights of minority interests, amendments to capital structure, preparation and filing of public documents such as annual reports, changes in directors and changes to capital.for filing.

The ASX imposes listing rules on all listed companies, such as Novogen. The rules cover issues such as continuous and immediate disclosure to the market of relevant information, periodic financial reporting and the prior approval of reports to shareholders.

The Company believes that it materially complies with the foregoing Australian laws and regulations pertaining to public and private companies.

Regulatory Requirementsrequirements

Australian Regulatory Requirements

TheTherapeutic Goods Act 1989 (“or 1989 Act,Act”), sets out the legal requirements for the import, export, manufacture and supply of pharmaceutical products in Australia. The 1989 Act requires that all pharmaceutical products to be imported into, supplied in, manufactured in or exported from Australia be included in the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods or ARTG,(“ARTG”), unless specifically exempted under the Act.

Medicines with a higher level of risk (prescription medicines, some non-prescription medicines) are evaluated for quality, safety and efficacy and are registered on the ARTG. Medicines with a lower risk (many over the counter medicines including vitamins) are assessed only for quality and safety. Medicines included in the ARTG can be identified by the AUST R number (for registered medicines) or an AUST L number (listed(for listed medicines) thatwhich appears on the packaging of the medicine.

In order to ensure that a product can be included in the ARTG, a sponsoring company must make an application to the Therapeutic Goods Administration or TGA.(“TGA”). The application usually consists of a form accompanied by data (based on the European UnionEU requirements) to support the quality, safety and efficacy of the product for its intended use and payment of a fee. Application details are available on the TGA website http://www.tga.gov.au.www.tga.gov.au.

The first phase of evaluation, known as the Application Entry Process, is usually a short period during which an application is assessed at an administrative level to ensure that it complies with the basic guidelines. The TGA may request further details from the applicant, and may agree with sponsors that additional data (which while not actually required by the application, could enhance the assessment outcome) may be submitted later at an agreed time. The TGA must decide within at least 40 working days whether it will accept the application for evaluation.

Once an application is accepted for evaluation, aspects of the data provided are allocated to evaluators within the different relevant sections, who prepare clinical evaluation reports. Following evaluation, the chemistry, quality control bioavailability and pharmacokinetics aspects of a product may be referred to a Pharmaceutical Sub-Committee (PSC)(“PSC”), which is a sub-committee of the TGA prescription medicine expert advisory committee, the Advisory Committee on Prescriptive Medicines (ACPM)(“ACPM”) to review the relevant clinical evaluation reports.

The clinical evaluation reports (along with any resolutions of the ACPM sub-committee) are then sent to the sponsoring company who then has the opportunity to comment on the views expressed within the evaluation report, provide corrections and to submit supplementary data to address any issues raised in the evaluation reports.

Once the evaluations are complete, the TGA prepares a summary document on the key issues on which advice will be sought from either the ACPM (for new medicines) or from the Peer Review Committee (PRC)(“PRC”) for extensions to products which are already registered. This summary is sent to the sponsoring company, which is able to submit a response to the ACPM or PRC dealing with issues raised in the summary and those not previously addressed in the evaluation report. The ACPM/PRC provide independent advice on the quality, risk-benefit, effectiveness and access of the product and conduct medical and scientific evaluations of the application. The ACPM meets every 2two months to examine the applications referred by the TGA and its resolutions are provided to the sponsoring company after 5five working days after the ACPM meeting.

The TGA takes into account the advice of the ACPM or PRC in reaching a decision to approve or reject a product. Any approval for registration on the ARTG may have conditions associated with it.

From the time that the TGA accepts the initial application for evaluation, the TGA must complete the evaluation and make a decision on the registration of the product within at least 255 working days. If not completed within 255 working days, the TGA forfeits 25% of the evaluation fee otherwise payable by the sponsor, but any time spent waiting for a response from the sponsor is not included in the 255 working days. The TGA also has a system of priority evaluation for products that meet certain criteria, including where the product is a new chemical entity that it is not otherwise available on the market as an approved product, and is for the treatment of a serious, life-threatening illness for which other therapies are either ineffective or not available.

U.S. Regulatory Requirements

The FDA regulates and imposeimposes substantial requirements upon the research, development, pre-clinical and clinical testing, labeling,labelling, manufacture, quality control, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, marketing, distribution, import and export of pharmaceutical products including drugs and biologics, as well as significant reporting and record-keeping obligations. State governments may also impose obligations in these areas.

In the U.S., pharmaceutical products are regulated by the FDA under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or FDCA,(“FDCA”), and other laws including in the case of biologics, the Public Health Service Act and the acts’ implementingother acts that implement regulations. The Company believes but cannot be certain, that the FDA will regulate its products will be regulated as drugs by the FDA.drugs. The process required by the FDA before drugs may be marketed in the U.S. generally involves the following:

 

pre-clinical laboratory evaluations, including formulation and stability testing, and animal tests performed under the FDA’s Good Laboratory Practices regulations to assess pharmacological activity and toxicity potential;

submission and approval of an Investigational New DrugIND Application, or IND, including results of pre-clinical studies, clinical experience, manufacturing information, and protocols for clinical tests, which must become effective before clinical trials may begin in the U.S.;

 

obtaining approval of Institutional Review Boards or IRBs,(“IRBs”), to administer the products to human subjects in clinical trials;

 

adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for the product’s intended use;

 

development of manufacturing processes which conform to FDA current Good Manufacturing Practices or cGMPs,(“cGMPs”), as confirmed by FDA inspection;

 

submission of results for pre-clinical and clinical studies, and chemistry, manufacture and control information on the product to the FDA in a New Drug Approval Application, or NDA;(“NDA”) Application; and

 

FDA review and approval of an NDA, prior to any commercial sale, promotion or shipment of a product.

The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort, and financial resources, and the Company cannot be certain that any approval will be granted on a timely basis, if at all.

The results of the pre-clinical studies, clinical experience together with initial specified manufacturing information, the proposed clinical trial protocol, and information about the participating investigators are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND, which must become effective before the Company may begin human clinical trials in the U.S. Additionally, an independent Institutional Review Board (‘IRB’)IRB must review and approve each study protocol and oversee conduct of the trial. An IND becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day period, raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the trials as outlined in the IND and imposes a clinical hold. If the FDA imposes a clinical hold, the IND sponsor must resolve the FDA’s concerns before clinical trials can begin. Pre-clinical tests and studies can take several years to complete, and there is no guarantee that an IND submitted, based on such tests and studies, will become effective within any specific time period, if at all.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap.overlap, which are:

 

  

Phase I:The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients and tested for safety and dosage tolerance. For oncology medicines, patients with the target disease are used rather than healthy patients. Absorption, metabolism, distribution, and excretion testing, among other tests, are generally performed at this stage. These studies may also provide early evidence of effectiveness. The maximum tolerated dose of the drug may be calculated from Phase I studies;

  

Phase II:The drug is studied in controlled, exploratory therapeutic trials in a limited number of subjects with the disease or medical condition for which the new drug is intended to be used in order to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to determine the preliminary or potential efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases or medical conditions, and to determine dosage tolerance and the optimal effective dose.dose; and

 

  

Phase III:When Phase II studies demonstrate that a specific dosage range of the drug is likely to be effective and the drug has an acceptable safety profile, controlled, large-scale therapeutic Phase III trials are undertaken at multiple study sites to demonstrate clinical efficacy and to further test for safety in an expanded patient population. These studies are used to evaluate the overall benefit – risk relationship of the drug and provide a basis for physician labelling.

The Company cannot be certain that it will successfully complete Phase I, Phase II or Phase III testing of its products within any specific time period, if at all. Furthermore, the FDA, the IRB or the Company may suspend or terminate clinical trials at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.

Results of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, as well as detailed information about the manufacturing process, quality control methods, and product composition, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA seeking approval to market and commercially distribute the product on the basis of a determination that the product is safe and effective for its intended use. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured and will not approve the product unless cGMPGMP compliance is satisfactory. If applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, the FDA may deny the NDA or require additional testing or information. As a condition of approval, the FDA also may require post-marketing testing or surveillance to monitor the product’s safety or efficacy. Even after an NDA is approved, the FDA may impose additional obligations or restrictions (such as labelling changes), or even suspend or withdraw a product approval on the basis of data that arise after the product reaches the market, or if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained. The Company cannot be certain that any NDA it submits will be approved by the FDA on a timely basis, if at all.all will approve any NDA it submits. Also, any such approval may limit the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed. Any refusal to approve, delay in approval, suspension or withdrawal of approval, or restrictions on indicated uses could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business prospects.

Each NDA must be accompanied by aA user fee, pursuant to the requirements of the Prescription Drug User Fee Act or PDUFA,(“PDUFA”), and its amendments.amendments, must accompany each NDA. According to the FDA’s fee schedule, effective on October 1, 20122015, for the fiscal year 2013,2017, the user fee for an application requiring clinical data, such as an NDA, is US$1,958,800.2,038,100. The FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. PDUFA also imposes an annual product fee for prescription drugs and biologics (US$98,380)97,750), and an annual establishment fee (US$526,500)512,200) on facilities used to manufacture prescription drugs and biologics. A written request can be submitted for a waiver under certain circumstances. Waivers may be possible for the application fee for the first human drug application that is filed by a small business, as defined by the FDCA, but there are no small business waivers for product or establishment fees. Waivers may also be possible for one or more fees, upon written request, when a waiver or reduction is necessary to protect the public health, the user fees would present a significant barrier to innovation, or the fees are anticipated to exceed the present or future costs incurred by FDA. The Company is not at the stage of development with its products where it is subject to these fees, but they are significant expenditures that may be incurred in the future and must be paid at the time of application submissions to FDA.

Satisfaction of FDA requirements typically takes several years. The actual time required varies substantially, based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the pharmaceutical product, among other things. Government regulation imposes costly and time-consuming requirements and restrictions throughout the product life cycle and may delay product marketing for a considerable period of time, limit product marketing, or prevent marketing altogether. Success in pre-clinical or early stage clinical trials does not ensure success in later stage clinical trials. Data obtained from pre-clinical and clinical activities are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations that could delay, limit, or prevent marketing approval. Even if a product receives marketing approval, the approval is limited to specific clinical indications. Further, even after marketing approval is obtained, the discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product or even complete withdrawal of the product from the market.

After product approval, there are continuing significant regulatory requirements imposed by the FDA, including record-keeping requirements, obligations to report adverse events in patients using the products, and restrictions on advertising and promotional activities. Quality control and manufacturing procedures must continue to conform to cGMPs,GMPs, and the FDA periodically inspects facilities to assess cGMPGMP compliance. Additionally, post-approval changes in ingredient composition, manufacturing processes or

facilities, product labelling, or other areas may require submission of a NDA Supplement to the FDA for review and approval. New indications will require additional clinical studies and submission of a NDA Supplement. Failure to comply with FDA regulatory requirements may result in an enforcement action by the FDA, including Warning Letters,warning letters, product recalls, suspension or revocation of product approval, seizure of product to prevent distribution, impositions of injunctions prohibiting product manufacture or distribution, and civil and criminal penalties. Maintaining compliance is costly and time-consuming. The Company cannot be certain that it, or its present or future suppliers or third-party manufacturers, will be able to comply with all FDA regulatory requirements, and potential consequences of noncompliancenon-compliance could have a material adverse impact on it’sits business prospects.

The FDA’s policies may change, and additional governmental regulations may be enacted that could delay, limit, or prevent regulatory approval of the Company’s products or affect its ability to manufacture, market, or distribute its products after approval. Moreover, increased attention to the containment of healthcare costs in the U.S. and in foreign markets could result in new government regulations that could have a material adverse effect on the business. The Company’s failure to obtain coverage, an adequate level of reimbursement, or acceptable prices for future products could diminish any revenues the Company may be able to generate. The Company’s ability to commercialize future products will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for the products will be available from government and health administration authorities, private health insurers, and other third-party payers. European UnionEU member states and U.S. government and other third-party payers increasingly are attempting to contain healthcare costs by consideration of new laws and regulations limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new drugs. The Company cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of adverse governmental regulation that might arise from future legislative or administrative action, either in the U.S. or abroad.

The Company’s activities may also be subject to state laws and regulations that affect the its ability to develop and sell products. The Company is also subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws relating to such matters as safe working conditions, clinical, laboratory, and manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control, and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. The Company may incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations now or in the future, and the failure to comply may have a material adverse impact on business prospects.the Company.

The FDCA includes provisions designed to facilitate the development and expedite the review of drugs and biological products intended for treatment of serious or life-threatening conditions that demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for such conditions. These provisions set forth a procedure for designation of a drug as a “fast track product”. The fast track designation applies to the combination of the product and specific indication for which it is being studied. A product designated as fast track is ordinarily eligible for additional programs for expediting development and review, but products that are not in fast trackfast-track drug development programs may also be able to take advantage of these programs if they meet the necessary requirements. These programs include priority review of NDAs and accelerated approval. Drug approval under the accelerated approval regulations may be based on evidence of clinical effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. A post-marketing clinical study will be required to verify clinical benefit, and other restrictions to assure safe use may be imposed.

Under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, a sponsor may obtain marketing exclusivity for a period of time following FDA approval of certain drug applications, regardless of patent status, if the drug is a new chemical entity or if new clinical studies were required to support the marketing application for the drug. This marketing exclusivity prevents a third party from obtaining FDA approval for an identical or nearly identical drug under an Abbreviated New Drug Application or a “505(b)(2) New Drug Application”. The statute also allows a patent owner to obtain an extension of applicable patent terms for a period equal to one-half the period of time elapsed between the filing of an IND and the filing of the corresponding NDA plus the period of time between the filing of the NDA and FDA approval, with reductions taken for any time an applicant did not act with due diligence. There is a five yearfive-year maximum patent extension and a maximum of 14 years protection from product approval. The Company cannot be certain that it will be able to take advantage of either the patent term extension or marketing exclusivity provisions of these laws.

The Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act or BPCA,(“BPCA”), signed into law on January 4, 2002, was reauthorized and amended by the FDA Amendments Act of 2007 or FDAAA.(“FDAAA”). The reauthorization of BPCA provides an additional six months of exclusivity to NDA applicants that conduct and file acceptable pediatricpaediatric studies of new and currently-marketedcurrently marketed drug products for which pediatricpaediatric information would be beneficial, as identified by FDA in a PediatricPaediatric Written Request. The PediatricPaediatric Research Equity Act or PREA,(“PREA”), signed into law on December 3, 2003, also was reauthorized and amended by FDAAA. The reauthorization of PREA requires that most applications for drugs and biologics include a pediatricpaediatric assessment (unless waived or deferred) to ensure the drugs’ and biologics’ safety and effectiveness in children. Such pediatricpaediatric assessment must contain data, gathered using appropriate formulations for each age group for which the assessment is required, that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug or the biological product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatricpaediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatricpaediatric subpopulation for which the drug or the biological product is safe and effective. The pediatricpaediatric assessments can only be deferred provided there is a timeline for the completion of such studies. The FDA may partially waive (partially or fully)fully waive the pediatricpaediatric assessment requirement for several reasons, including if the applicant can demonstrate that necessary studies are impossible or highly impracticable. The FDA Safety and Innovation Act permanently renewed and strengthened BPCA and PREA.

European Union Regulatory Requirements

Outside the U.S., the Company’s ability to market its products will also be contingent upon receiving marketing authorizations from the appropriate regulatory authorities and compliance with applicable post-approval regulatory requirements. Although the specific requirements and restrictions vary from country to country, as a general matter, foreign regulatory systems include risks similar to those associated with FDA regulation, described above. Under EU regulatory systems, marketing authorizations may be submitted either under a centralized or a national procedure. Under the centralized procedure, a single application to the European Medicines Agency (EMA)(“EMA”) leads to an approval granted by the European Commission whichthat permits the marketing of the product throughout the EU. The centralized procedure is mandatory for certain classes of medicinal products, but optional for others. For example, all medicinal products developed by certain biotechnological means, and those developed for cancer and other specified diseases and disorders, must be authorized via the centralized procedure. The Company assumes that the centralized procedure will apply to its products that are developed by means of a biotechnology process. The national procedure is used for products that are not required to be authorizedrequiring authorization by the centralized procedure. Under the national procedure, an application for a marketing authorization is submitted to the competent authority of one memberone-member state of the EU. The holders of a national marketing authorization may submit further applications to the competent authorities of the remaining member states via either the decentralized or mutual recognition procedure. The decentralized procedure enables applicants to submit an identical application to the competent authorities of all member states where approval is sought at the same time as the first application, while under the mutual recognition procedure, products are authorized initially in one memberone-member state, and other member states where approval is sought are then requested to recognize the original authorization based upon an assessment report prepared by the original authorizing competent authority. Both the decentralized and mutual recognition procedures should take no longer than 90 days, but if one memberone-member state makes an objection, which under the legislation can only be based on a possible risk to human health, the application will be automatically referred to the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP)(“CHMP”) of the EMA. If a referral for arbitration is made, the procedure is suspended. However, member states that have already approved the application may, at the request of the applicant, authorize the product in question without waiting for the result of the arbitration. Such authorizations will be without prejudice to the outcome of the arbitration. For all other concerned member states, the opinion of the CHMP, which is binding, could support or reject the objection or alternatively could reach a compromise position acceptable to all EU countries concerned. The arbitration procedure may take an additional year before a final decision is reached and may require the delivery of additional data.

As with FDA approval, the Company may not be able to secure regulatory approvals in Europethe EU in a timely manner, if at all. Additionally, as in the U.S., post-approval regulatory requirements, such as those regarding product manufacture, marketing, or distribution, would apply to any product that is approved in Europe,the EU, and failure to comply with such obligations could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to successfully commercialize any product.

The conduct of clinical trials in the European UnionEU is governed by the European Clinical Trials Directive (2001/20/EC), which was implemented in May 2004. This Directive governs how regulatory bodies in member states control clinical trials. No clinical trial may be started without a clinical trial authorization granted by the national competent authority and favorable ethics approval.

Accordingly, there is a marked degree of change and uncertainty both in the regulation of clinical trials and in respect of marketing authorizations whichthat face the Company or its products in Europe.the EU.

StockmarketStock market listing compliance

On November 7, 2014, NASDAQ notified the Company that it did not comply with Listing Rule 5550(b) (Rule), which requires a minimum $2,500,000 stockholders’ equity, $35,000,000 market value of listed securities, or $500,000 net income from continuing operations. The Company submitted a plan to regain compliance on December 18, 2014 and January 19, 2015 (“Submission”). Following the Submission, NASDAQ granted on January 26, 2015 an extension to regain compliance with the Rule. On April 28, 2015, NASDAQ advised the Company that it had regained full compliance with the Rule.

The Company has met the compliance requirements for both its Nasdaq and ASX listings and accordingly has not been in breach of those requirements.

Organizational Structurestructure

Corporate Structure

Novogen Limited is a public company limited by sharesincorporated in Australia and is incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Novogen Limited and its controlled entities “Novogen” or the “Group” or ‘consolidated entity’ have prepared a consolidated financial report incorporating the entities that Novogen Limited controlled as at the end of fiscal 2013, which includedhas the following controlled entities:wholly-owned subsidiaries:

      Equity holding   Acquired/Disposed
Name of entity  

Country of

incorporation

  

2013+

%

   2012+
%
    

Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd

  

Australia

   100.00     100.00    

Novogen Research Pty Ltd

  

Australia

   100.00     100.00    

Novogen North America Inc.

  

United States of America

   100.00     —      

Incorporated 28 March 2013

Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd

  

Australia

   100.00     —      

 

Acquired 5 December 2013

Novogen Inc.

  

United States of America

   100.00     100.00    

Glycotex, Inc.

  

United States of America

   —       99.70    
        

Disposed 27 November 2013

        

Disposed 27 November 2013

MEI Pharma, Inc.*

  

United States of America

   —       63.50    

 

*Formerly known as Marshall Edwards

Name

Country of incorporation

Novogen Laboratories Pty LtdAustralia
Novogen Research Pty LtdAustralia
Novogen North America Inc.United States (Delaware)
Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty LtdAustralia
+

Ownership % at June 30, 2013 and 2012 respectively

On 31 May 2016, the Company merged its U.S. fully owned subsidiary Novogen, Inc. with Novogen North America, Inc. The merger was completed to simplify the group’s structure. The Company also approved the dissolution of Cantx, Inc., a subsidiary in which Novogen North America, Inc. held an 85% interest. The dissolution of Cantx, Inc. was completed on 31 May 2016.

Property, Plantplant and Equipmentequipment

The Company leases moderate office space in Hornsby, New South Wales which is used as Novogen’s corporate headquarters. TheTo accommodate its growth, the Company has entered into a short termnew 3-year lease, onstarting November 2015. The office lease contains two renewal options, each for a three-year period. These renewal options may be cancelled by the Company. The Company at this property which expires in May 2016. On renewal,stage intends to exercise the termstwo remaining options. In order to exercise an option, the Company must inform the lessor no later than 6 months prior to the end of the lease, are renegotiated. The Company believes these facilities will adequately meetby which time it must commit to the Company’s needs forterm of the foreseeable future.

option.

Item 4A.Unresolved Staff Comments

NoneNone.

 

Item 5.Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Item 18. “Financial Statements” included below. Operating results are not necessarily indicative of results that may occur in future periods. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of many factors including, but not limited to, those set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in Item 3.3 “Key Information” included above in this Annual Report.Report onForm 20-F. All forward-looking statements included in this document are based on the information available to the Company on the date of this document and the Company assumes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report.Report on Form 20-F.

ApplicationCritical accounting policies

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). As such, we are required to make certain estimates, judgments, and assumptions that management believes are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates, judgments and assumptions affect the reported amounts of Critical Accounting Policies

assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. The significant accounting policies are summarized in Item 18. “Financial Statements - Note 1 – Summary of2 - Significant Accounting Policies”.

Revenue recognitionIncome taxes

RevenueThe Company has not recognized deferred tax assets relating to carried forward tax losses and taxable temporary differences since the Company is recognisedcurrently in a loss making position and unable to generate taxable income to utilize the extent that itcarried forward tax losses and taxable temporary differences. The utilization of the tax losses also depends on the ability of the entity to satisfy certain tests at the time the losses are recouped. Significant judgment is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the consolidated entity and the revenue can be reliably measured. Inrequired in determining the economic benefits, provisionsworldwide provision for income taxes. There are madecertain transactions and calculations undertaken during the ordinary course of business for certain trade discountswhich the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Company estimates its tax liabilities based on the Company’s understanding of the tax law. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the current and returned goods.

Returns

Overdeferred income tax assets and liabilities in the last three years, returns and estimates of return liability were not considered material and are detailed below.period in which such determination is made.

   Balance at
beginning of the year
   Charged to
cost and
expense
   Actual
returns
   Balance at
the end of the year
 

Allowance for sales returns:

        

Year ended June 30, 2011^

   1     126     127     —    

Year ended June 30, 2012^

   —       16     16     —    

Year ended June 30, 2013*

   —       —       —       —    

^Information based on discontinuing operations.
*Information based on current continuing operations.

DiscountsShare-based Payment Transactions

DiscountsThe Company measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are generally calculatedgranted. The fair value is determined by using the Black-Scholes model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based payments would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next Annual Reporting period but may impact profit or loss and equity.

Research and Development

We expense all internal research and development expenditures as deductions off the Company’s invoice pricecosts relate to the initial expenditure for research and as such do not require significant judgment in determining accrual amounts. Overdevelopment of biopharmaceutical products and the last three years, the discounts and estimategeneration of claims werefuture economic benefits is not considered materialprobable given the stage of development. It was considered appropriate to expense the research and are detailed below:development costs as they did not meet the criteria to be capitalized under IAS 38.

The Australian Research and Development Tax Incentive is a government run program which helps to offset some of the costs of R&D. Annually, the Company claims a refundable tax offset and has disclosed this as other income in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. The Company currently accounts for R&D Tax Incentive on a cash basis due to the difficulty of making reasonable estimation as at year end.

   Balance at
beginning of the year
   

Charged to
cost and

expense

   Actual
Discounts
   

Balance at

the end of the year

 

Allowance for sales discounts:

        

Year ended June 30, 2011^

   77     490     497     70  

Year ended June 30, 2012^

   70     26     96     —    

Year ended June 30, 2013*

   —       —       —       —    

^Information based on discontinuing operations.
*Information based on current continuing operations.

Inventory adjustmentsImpairment of Assets

Inventories are measuredWe assess impairment of non-financial assets at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company reviewedand parent entity and to the components of inventory on a regular basis for excess, obsolete and impaired inventory based on estimated future usage and sales. Followingparticular asset that may lead to impairment. If an impairment trigger exists, the salerecoverable amount of the consumer business in August 2011, the Company no longer owns any inventory.asset is determined. This involves fair value less costs to sell or value-in-use calculations, which incorporate a number of key estimates and assumptions such as cash flow projections and discount rate.

For additional information on significant accounting policies refer to Item 18. “Financial Statements - Note 1 – Summary of2 - Significant Accounting Policies”.

Discontinued operations

On November, 27 2012, the Company disposed of the operations of MEI Pharma, Inc. (‘MEI’) and its subsidiary MEI Pharma Pty Limited in which it held majority ownership, via an in-specie distribution to its shareholders. MEI held the intellectual property originally developed by Novogen in the field of isoflavonoid drugs. The net gain on disposal was A$5.0 million. This has been classified as a discontinued operation for the purpose of this report.

On August 1, 2011 Novogen completed the sale of its consumer products business to Pharm-a-Care Laboratories Pty Limited for a total sale price of A$9.5 million in cash, resulting in a net gain of A$8.0 million. This business has been classified as a discontinued operation for the purposes of this report.

Results of operationsOperating results

The following table provides a summary of revenues and income for the past three fiscal years:

(in thousands)  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 
   2016   2015   2014 

Revenue:

      

Interest income

   406     89     87  

Other income:

      

Net foreign exchange gain

   781     1,116     —    

Payroll tax rebate

   18     8     —    

Research and development rebate

   2,866     1,538     342  

Subsidies and grants

   —       91     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue and other income

  A$4,071    A$2,842    A$429  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restatement of comparatives

Comparative information in the profit and loss statement has been restated to correct an immaterial error in classification of expenses. The profit and loss for Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, included salary and related general expenses of scientists totalling A$853,000 and A$1,101,000 respectively in general and administrative expenses. These expenses have been reclassified from general and administrative expenses to supplementresearch and development expenses. The restatement is to reflect the nature of the expense in a more detailed discussions below:

Statements of profit or lossaccurate manner. A third balance sheet has not been presented as the reclassification is immaterial and other comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June 2013

   Consolidated 
   2013
A$‘000
  2012
A$‘000
  2011
A$‘000
  2013
US$‘000
 

Revenue from continuing operations

   1,112    1,447    2,025    1,019  

Other income

   618    927    297    566  

Expenses

     

Research and development expense

   (256  (844  (132  (235

General and administrative expense

   (2,850  (3,001  (7,511  (2,612

Finance costs

   (132  —      (18  (121
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense from continuing operations

   (1,508  (1,471  (5,339  (1,383

Income tax expense

   —      —      —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss after income tax expense from continuing operations

   (1,508  (1,471  (5,339  (1,383

Profit (loss) after income tax expense from discontinued operations

   723    121    (4,140  663  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss after income tax expense for the year

   (785  (1,350  (9,479  (720

Other comprehensive income

     

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

     

Net exchange difference on translation of financial statements of foreign controlled entities, net of tax

   3,968    (278  (690  3,637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

   3,968    (278  (690  3,637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   3,183    (1,628  (10,169  2,917  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating Results – Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012

Revenue

Revenue of $1.1million in 2013 decreased by $0.3million and consisted primarily of deferred Royalty income from Archer Daniels Midlands. The decrease resulted from revenue recognised under the Royalty agreement ceasing in May 2013, and also from a decrease in interest income received.

Net loss

The operating loss attributable to Novogen shareholders forhas no impact on the financial year was $1.0 million, after allowing for profits attributable to non-controlling interests of A$0.2 million, compared to a profit of A$1.3 million for the previous year.

The net loss from continuing operations after income tax for the consolidated entityresults for the year ended June 30, 2014, and June 30, 2013, or the closing financial position at that date.

Fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015

Revenue and other income

The Company’s revenue, which is solely interest income derived from interest bearing bank account, increased byfrom A$0.04 million89,000 in 2015 to A$1.51406,000 in 2016 as a result of capital raisings in April and June 2015 that raised aggregate gross proceeds of A$33.2 million, thus providing for higher interest returns on increased bank account cash balances in fiscal 2016.

Net foreign exchange gain decreased 30% from A$1.471.1 million forin fiscal 2015 to A$0.8 million in fiscal 2016 due to less volatility in the previous year. Partexchange rate.

Research and development grant (rebate) increased 86% from A$1.5 million in fiscal 2015 to A$2.9 million in fiscal 2016 due to higher level of eligible research and development expense in fiscal 2016. The Australian federal government’s Research and Development Tax incentive program cash refund changes from 45% to 43.5% from July 2016. We note that the Australian government recently received a recommendation from a review panel recommending a reduction of the increase was dueamount of the expensinggrants available to small entities such as Novogen to a maximum of imputed interestA$2 million per annum commencing fiscal year 2018. Any such change in the Research and Development Tax Incentive program could have a material adverse affect on the convertible note of A$0.13 million.Company’s research and development grant (rebate) as well as on our future cash flows and financial position.

Expenses

Research and development expenses increased A$4.0 million from continuing operations have decreased by A$0.65.9 million in fiscal 2015 to A$0.39.9 million forin fiscal 2016 due to higher research and development activity in fiscal 2016, including the year ended June 30, 2013, which represents discontinuationcompletion of expenditure relatednecessary Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls activity in relation to the previous operations.Cantrixil program, as required by the FDA and finalization of the first-in-human Phase I clinical protocol. In relation to Anisina, the Company has manufactured both the active candidate drug substance and candidate drug product. The Company has also manufactured the candidate drug substance to cGMP in preparation for first-in-human clinical trials.

General and administrative costs increased A$2.0 million (53%) from continuing operations have decreased by A$0.23.8 million in fiscal 2015 to A$5.8 million in fiscal 2016 due, in large part, to a numberrental increase arising from a relocation of factors includingour headquarters in November 2015 as well as higher legal and consultancy fees.

There were no finance costs in fiscal 2016, representing a changedecrease of A$370,000 in boardcomparison with fiscal 2015, with the A$370,000 consisting of A$69,000 finance costs and management structureA$301,000 loss in fair value of convertible notes. There was no borrowing during fiscal 2016 as a result of the period.additional funds raised through the issue of equity securities in fiscal 2015.

The net profit

Net loss

As a result of the above and particularly the higher research and development expenses, the Company’s loss after income tax increased A$4.9 million (67%) from discontinued operations was A$0.77.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2013in fiscal 2015 to A$12.2 million in fiscal 2016.

Fiscal 2015 compared to A$0.1 million for the previous year ended June 30, 2012. The discontinued operations represent MEI and the Company’s consumer products business that were disposed of during the current and previous fiscal years.

The consumer products business was sold in August 2011 for A$9.5 million. Costs associated with the sale of this business include commission and legal fees of A$0.5 million and termination payments of A$1.0 million, resulting in a net gain from disposal of $A8.0 million.

The MEI business was divested in November 2012 via anin-speciedistribution. The net gain was A$5.0 million after adjusting for the derecognition of the foreign currency reserve and impairment provisions.

Operating Results – Fiscal 2012 compared to Fiscal 20112014

Revenue and other income

The consolidated entity earned revenuesCompany’s revenue, which is solely interest income derived from continuing operations forinterest bearing bank account, increased marginally from A$87,000 in fiscal 2014 to A$89,000 in fiscal 2015.

Net foreign exchange gain increased from none in fiscal 2014 to A$1.1 million in fiscal 2015 due to an increase in the year ended June 30, 2012 offoreign currency balances and transactions.

Research and development grant increased from A$342,000 in fiscal 2014 to A$1.5 million versusin fiscal 2015 due to higher level of eligible research and development expense in fiscal 2015.

Expenses

Research and development expenses increased A$2.02.6 million (79%) from A$3.3 million in the previous corresponding period. The decrease relatesfiscal 2014 to additional royalty revenue recognisedA$5.9 million in the prior periodfiscal 2015 due to ongoing implementation of research and development programs.

General and administrative costs for fiscal 2015 were A$3.8 million, representing an increase of A$428,000 in comparison with fiscal 2014. This increase is due to increased overheads with employment of more staff as a result of a renegotiation of the terms of the licence agreement, not repeated this period. The Company also experienced a decrease in the dividend income received from a small investment the Company held in Nox Technology, which was partially offset by an increase in interest earned due to higher cash balances held following the sale of the consumer products business.

The Company had been looking at strategic alternatives for its consumer products business. The consumer products business was not partsignificant growth of the Company’s longer term focusoperations.

Finance costs were A$370,000 in fiscal 2015, representing a decrease of therapeutic drug development. The Company commencedA$885,000 in comparison with fiscal 2014. This decrease is due to the repayment of borrowings during fiscal as a planned process to dispose of this business and in April 2011 appointed a financial advisor to actively search for a buyer. This process concluded with the saleresult of the consumer products business in August 2011. This business was been classified as a discontinued operation foradditional funds raised through the purposesissue of this report.

With the disposal of MEI via an in specie distribution in fiscal year 2013, this has also been classified as a discontinued operation in the year ended June 30, 2013.

The consolidated entity earned revenue from discontinued operations for the year ended June 30, 2012 of A$1.2 million versus A$11.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2011.equity securities.

Net profitloss

The operating profit attributable to Novogen shareholders forAs a result of the financial year ended June 30, 2012, after allowing for losses attributable to non-controlling interests of A$2.7 million, increased by A$7.8 million to A$1.3 million from aabove, the Company’s loss of A$6.5 million for the financial year ended June 30, 2011.

The net loss from continuing operations after income tax for the consolidated entity for the year ended June 30, 2012 reduced bydecreased 4% from A$3.87.6 million in fiscal 2014 to A$1.57.3 million from A$5.3 million for the previous year. The reduction in the consolidated entity’s net loss for the year ended June 30, 2012 was primarily due to reduced general and administrative expenses partly offset by increased research and development costs.

The net profit after tax from discontinued operations was A$0.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2012 compared to a loss of A$4.1 million for the previous year ended June 30, 2011. The discontinued operations represent the Company’s consumer products business which was sold in August 2011 for A$9.5 million. As a result, sales revenue represents only one months’ operations during the year ended June 30, 2012. Costs associated with the sale of the consumer business include commission and legal fees of A$0.5 million and termination payments of A$1.0 million. The discontinued operations also include MEI that was divested in the year ended June 30, 2013.fiscal 2015.

Liquidity and capital resources

Cash resources

AtWe have incurred cumulative losses and negative cash flows from operations since our inception and, as of June 30, 2013,2016, we had accumulated losses of A$161.5 million. We anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for at least the consolidated entitynext several years. We expect that our research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may raise through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, other third-party funding and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements.

We had total fundsno borrowings in fiscal 2016 and do not currently have a credit facility.

As of $2.7 million compared to $8.3 million as at June 30, 2012.

During fiscal 2013, the consolidated entity2016, we had net cash outflows from operating activities of A$8.8 million compared to cash outflows of A$7.3 million in fiscal 2012.

The consolidated entity invests its cash and cash equivalents of A$33.5 million. Cash in interest bearing facilitiesexcess of immediate requirements is invested in accordance with variousour investment policy, primarily with a view to liquidity and capital preservation. Currently, our cash and cash equivalents are held in bank accounts. Our short-term investments consist of term deposits with maturity dates.within 90 days. At the end of fiscal 2013,June 30, 2016, term deposits amounting to A$2.113.0 million had a weighted average interest rate of 3.21%2.60% and cash deposits at call of A$0.620.4 million had a weighted average interest rate of 0.25%0.31%.

We expect to consume cash and incur operating losses for the foreseeable future as the Company continues developing its oncology drug candidates. The impact on cash resources and results from operations will vary with the extent and timing of the future clinical trial program. While it is not possible to make accurate predictions of future operating results, we expect existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to continue or research and development activities until approximately second quarter fiscal 2018.

Cash flows

The consolidated entity has a multi option facility with St George Bank Limited, an Australian commercial bank,following table set forth the sources and uses of A$0.25 million, which was fully utilised to support the security deposit in place covering the bank guarantee required under the leasecash for the premises previously occupiedpast three fiscal years:

   For the fiscal year ended June 30, 
(in thousands)  2016   2015   2014 

Net cash used in operating activities

  A$(11,978  A$(5,759  A$(5,709

Net cash used in investing activities

   (522   (89   (27

Net cash provided by financing activities

   782     47,415     5,500  

Operating activities.Net cash used in North Ryde. This leaseoperating activities for fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 was assignedA$12.0 million, A$5.8 million and A$5.7 million, respectively. The use of net cash in May, 2012all periods resulted primarily from our net losses.

Investing activities.Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2016, 2015 and the associated bank guarantee will be returned upon provision2014 was A$522,000, A$89,000 and A$27,000, respectively, and mostly related to purchases of satisfactory documentation required to beequipment.

Financing activities.Net cash provided by financing activities of A$782,000 in fiscal 2016 related to the former landlord byexercise of options, A$47.4 million in fiscal 2015 related to the new lease assignee.issuance of ordinary shares in private placements and a rights issue and A$5.5 million in fiscal 2014 related to the issuance of convertible notes.

As ofAt June 30, 2013,2016, the consolidatedCompany entity did not hold any derivative financial instruments infor managing its foreign currency; however, the consolidated entityCompany may from time to time enter into hedging arrangements where circumstances are deemed appropriate.

Although theThe Company believes it will have sufficient cash resourcesthat its future ability to fund operations of the next twelve months, its futureoperations will be dependent on:

convertible note holders extinguishing their liability due in December 2013 by providing an election to convert their debt into ordinary shares, rather than receivingon deriving sufficient cash settlement of A$1.5 million;

shareholders approving the Hudson Bay transaction,from investors through successful capital raising and the settlement in shares rather than cash; and

The abilityreturn from government grants as part of the consolidated entityResearch and Development Tax Incentive Program available in Australia. The R&D Tax Incentive is an Australian government run program which helps to draw down funds from Hudson Bay to fund the operationsoffset some of the consolidated entity overcosts of R&D. Annually, the following years.Company claims a refundable tax offset and has disclosed this as other income in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. The Company currently accounts for R&D Tax Incentive on a cash basis due to the difficulty of making a reasonable estimation as at year end.

The Company had no commitments for capital expenditure at the end of fiscal 2016.

The Company continuously pursues opportunities for non-dilutive funding, such as grant applications.

The Company cannot assure youprovide assurance that it or its subsidiaries will be able to raise the funds necessary to complete the planned clinical trial programs, or find appropriate collaboration or licensing opportunities. For more information on future funding requirements of the subsidiaries please refer to the disclosure contained in the Risk Factors section of this report.

Financing activities

The Company has historically financed its operations primarily from issuing equity capital.capital and, to a lesser extent, convertible notes.

Private Equity Placement – November 2014

On April 24, 2013,November 12, 2014, the Company raisedissued ordinary shares in a private placement to institutional and professional investors at A$2.40.11 per share along with an option (for no consideration), exercisable at A$0.125 per share. In the aggregate, the Company issued 16,859,988 ordinary shares and 16,859,988 unlisted options. The gross proceeds of the private placement were approximately A$1.9 million. In addition, during fiscal 2015, the Company received approximately A$1.4 million throughfrom the issueproceeds of 14,425,150the exercise of options issued as part of the private placement.

Private Equity Placement – December 2014

In December 2014, the Company issued to institutional and professional investors an aggregate of 46,900,800 ordinary shares at a purchase price of 16.5 centsA$0.125 per share.

On May 28, 2013 Following the approval of shareholders in March 2015, the Company raised $790,000 throughissued 50,652,864 options with an exercise price of A$0.15 per option exercisable by December 2019. As consideration for the issue of 4,645,207ordinary shares, the Company received gross proceeds of approximately A$5.9 million. In addition, the Company received approximately A$6.8 million from the proceeds of the exercise of options issued as part of this private placement.

Private Equity Placement – April 2015

In April 2015, the Company issued to institutional investors in a private placement 51,750,000 ordinary shares at a purchase price of 17.0 cents.A$0.30 and, following shareholders’ approval received on June 24, 2015:

There are no commitments

51,750,000 options, exercisable at A$0.30 by December 30, 2015; and

25,875,000 options, exercisable at A$0.40 by June 30, 2020.

Rights Issue – June 2015

On June 4, 2015, the Company issued as part of a rights offer to eligible shareholders 58,971,151 ordinary shares at a purchase price of A$0.30 and:

58,971,151 options, exercisable at A$0.30 by December 4, 2015; and

29,485,999 options, exercisable at A$0.40 by June 4, 2020.

The Company received gross proceeds of approximately A$17.7 million from the rights offer.

During fiscal 2016, the Company issued 6,617,517 ordinary shares, all following the exercise of options. The details of these options is as follows:

1,000 options expiring June 4, 2020, at an exercise price of A$0.40 per option;

1,000,000 options expiring on December 18, 2019, at an exercise price of A$0.15 per option;

5,614,224 options expiring on November 18, 2015, at an exercise price of A$0.125 per option; and

2,293 options expiring December 4, 2015, at an exercise price of A$0.30 per option.

Foreign currency fluctuations were not material for capital expenditure outstanding at the end of the financial year.

Company in fiscal 2016. See Item 18. “Financial Statements - Note 27 Note 24 to the Financial Statements”Instruments” for disclosures about financial risk management including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and liquidity risk.

ResearchConvertible notes

Convertible note (Triaxial) carrying value of A$1,500,000

A convertible note was issued in November 2013 with a face value of A$1,500,000. The convertible note was exercisable at the holder’s discretion as follows:

•    On completion of Phase 1a clinical trials

A$400,000 converted into 16,000,000 ordinary shares

•    On receipt of Investigational New Drug approval from the FDA*

A$500,000 converted into 20,000,000 ordinary shares

•    On completion of Phase II clinical trials

A$600,000 converted into 24,000,000 ordinary shares

*On September 12, 2016, the FDA approved the IND application for Cantrixil. Accordingly, 20,000,000 ordinary shares in the Company were issued to noteholders on September 14, 2016.

Convertible note (Hudson Bay)

In July 2013 the Company entered into a Convertible Securities Agreement with HBMF pursuant to which HBMF agreed to invest, at the Company’s option, up to an aggregate amount of A$5,000,000 in return for the Company issuing HBMF up to five convertible securities having an aggregate face value of up to A$5,500,000 (the “Convertible Securities Agreement”). The Convertible Securities Agreement was amended on November 15, 2013 to increase the total amount which HBMF agreed to invest to A$8,000,000. Under the Convertible Securities Agreement, the Company also issued to HBMF an option to purchase 4,000,000 ordinary shares (the “2013 HBMF Option”), at an option exercise price of A$0.237 per ordinary share and Developmenthaving an expiration date of July 4, 2016. On July 4, 2013, the Company also issued 822,369 ordinary shares to HBMF in satisfaction of our obligation to pay a commencement fee under the Convertible Securities Agreement. Between July 3, 2013 and February 10, 2015, we issued four convertible promissory notes to HBMF having an aggregate face value of A$6,050,000. HBMF or its nominees have converted all of these convertible promissory notes and were issued a further 47,173,141 ordinary shares. On January 16, 2015, we terminated the Convertible Securities Agreement.

Research and development policy

Expenditure during the research phase of a project is recognized as an expense when incurred. Development costs are capitalized only when technical feasibility studies identify that the project will deliver future economic benefits and these benefits can be measured reliably.

The Company spent A$2.59.9 million, A$5.45.9 million and A$3.93.3 million on research and development expenditure from both continuing and discontinued operations and during fiscal 2013, 20122016, 2015 and 20112014 respectively. All of these costs have been recognised as an expense in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income in the respective periods. The profit and loss for fiscal 2014 included salary and related general expenses of scientists totalling $853,000 in general and administrative expenses. These expenses have been reclassified from general and administrative expenses to research and development expenses.

DueIt is not possible to reasonably estimate the cost and timing of project completion due to the nature and uncertainty of the research and development projects being undertaken by the Company it is not possible to reasonably estimateand the costnature of the research being early phase and timing of project completion.the product being pre-clinical. The costs of research and development projects are not estimated on a project by project basis. An analysis of costs between projects may only be performed on an arbitrary and subjective basis.

Trend Information

The Company expects to consume cash and incur operating losses for the foreseeable future. The Company intends to continue its expenditure on the development of its oncology drug candidates.

The impact on cash resources and results from operations will vary with the extent and timing of the future clinical trial program. It is not possible to make accurate predictions of future operating results.

Off-Balance Sheet ArrangementsOff-balance sheet arrangements

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Tabular Disclosuredisclosure of Contractual Obligationscontractual obligations

The following table sets forth the Company’s contractual obligations for the periods as at June 30, 20132016:

 

   2014
A$‘000
   Thereafter
A$‘000
   Total
A$‘000
 

Operating Leases^

   62     122     184  

Convertible Note*

   1,416     —       1,416  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   1,478     122     1,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

^Operating lease commitments includes contracted amounts for leases of premises and plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within 3 years. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. Leases for premises include an annual review for CPI increases.
*Related to Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd acquisition. Repayment due dates subject to election and milestones. For further details on related party transactions refer to Item 7.
   Total   less than 1
year
   1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   more than
5 years
 
   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

Operating Leases

   494     204     287     3     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   494     204     287     3     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating lease commitments include contracted amounts for leases of premises and plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within three years. Leases for premises include an annual review for CPI increases.

The office lease contains two renewal options, each for a three-year period. These renewal options are not included in the commitments as they may be cancelled by the Company. The Company at this stage intends to exercise the two remaining options. In order to exercise an option, the Company must inform the lessor no later than 6 months prior to the end of the lease, by which time it must commit to the term of the option.

Item 6.Directors, Senior Management and Employees

Directors

The names and details of the Company’s Directors at the date of this report are as follows:

 

Graham KellyBryce Carmine Chairman (appointed 7 December 2012)
Robert BirchNon-Executive Director, Deputy Chairman (appointed 7 December 2012)
Andrew HeatonExecutive Director (appointed 7 December 2012)
Steven Coffey Non-Executive Director (appointed 8 November 2012)
James GarnerManaging Director, CEO
John O’Connor Non-Executive Director, (appointed 25 May 2012)Chairman
Ian PhillipsNon-Executive Director
Iain RossNon-Executive Director

Former directors who served during the financial year ended 30 June 2013:fiscal 2016:

 

William RueckertFormer Chairman (resigned 7 December 2012)
Peter WhiteFormer Director (resigned 7 December 2012)
Ross YoungmanFormer Director (resigned 8 November 2012)
Josiah AustinFormer Director (resigned 19 April 2013)

Graham Kelly, former Chairman and CEO (resigned in July 2015)

Peter Gunning, former Non-Executive Director (resigned on September 5, 2016)

Directors were in office for the entire period unless otherwise stated.

Names, qualifications, experience and special responsibilities

 

Name: Professor Graham KellyJohn O’Connor
Title: ExecutiveNon-Executive Director, Chairman Chief Executive Officer
Qualifications:B.SC (Hons), B.V.Sc (Hons), D. Phil
Experience and expertise: Graham isJohn O’Connor has spent his working life in the founder, Chief Executive Officer (‘CEO’)financial industry. In this time, he has worked both in funds management and Chairman Novogen Limited.as a stockbroker. He is alsohas worked in the founding ChairmanUK, U.S. and in Australia. He has held management roles and been a partner in securities businesses. He served on the Board of NASDAQ-listedLonsec Securities, a Zurich Insurance owned business, for several years. John has been a consultant to several biotech businesses including MEI Pharma, Inc. (formerly Marshall Edwards Inc.). Both companies were built on the concept of benzopyran drug technology that emanated from his 25 years in medical cancer research and for which he held all relevant patents. Graham has overseen the design and implementation of thirty-three Phase I and II clinical trials, and a multi-national Phase III trial in conjunctionassisting with the US FDA. Graham has been awarded an Adjunct Professorship by the University of Sydney.fundraising.
Other current directorships: None

Former directorships

(last 3 years):

Chairman of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd
Special responsibilities: None
Name: Robert BirchBryce Carmine
Title: Non-Executive Director, and Deputy Chairman
Experience and expertise: Robert servedBryce Carmine spent 36 years working for 23 yearsEli Lilly & Co. and retired as Executive Vice President for Eli Lilly & Co, and President, Lilly Bio-Medicines. Prior to this he led the Global Pharmaceutical Sales and Marketing and was a member of the company’s Executive Committee. Mr Carmine previously held a series of product development portfolio leadership roles culminating when he was named President, Global Pharmaceutical Product Development, with responsibility for the entire late-phase pipeline development across all therapeutic areas for Eli Lilly. During his career with Lilly, Bryce held several country leadership positions including President Eli Lilly Japan, Managing Dir. Australia/NZ & General Manager of a JV for Lilly in the Royal Australian Navy in a career that included postings to the UK, Papua New Guinea and to the USA as a liaison officer with the US Navy. After leaving the navy he established a successful business that he has managed for over 20 years and which has given him valuable experience in financial controls and administration. Robert is a long-term Novogen shareholder and a founding investor in Triaxial Pharmaceuticals. He has taken a keen interest in both companies and in particular has consistently championed the rights of Novogen shareholders. Robert brings to the Board a valuable combination of skills embracing attention to detail and a strong sense of shareholder rights.Seoul, Korea.
Other current directorships: None

Former directorships

(last 3 years):

None
Special responsibilities: ChairmanChair of the RemunerationAudit, Risk and Governance Committee, Chair of Scientific Committee, Member of Strategy and Innovation Committee

Name:Dr Andrew Heaton
Title:Executive Director
Qualifications:B.Sc. (Hons) Ph.D
Experience and expertise:Andrew has extensive drug discovery background. He studied the complex interactions of signaling molecules associated with the mass spawning phenomena on the Great Barrier Reef. Following completion of his Ph.D studies Andrew completed post-doctoral research discovering molecules with unique biological activity from marine environment. The theme of discovery of biologically active natural products was continued in his tenured academic position investigating a variety of traditional bush medicines. Andrew first joined Novogen in 1998 as General Manager of the drug discovery program; progressing four compounds to clinical trials. Andrew was responsible for the design and execution of the Novogen drug discovery platform that gave rise to the lead compounds: ME-128, ME 196, ME-143 and ME-344, for which he is the principal inventor on a series of global patents. Andrew has extensive global experience in translating drug discovery strategies into New Chemical Entities (‘NCE’s’) in global clinical trials.
Other current directorships:None
Former directorships
(last 3 years):Director of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd
Special responsibilities:President and CEO of Novogen North America Inc.
Name: Steven Coffey
Title: Non-Executive Director Acting Chief Financial Officer
Qualifications:B. Comm., CA
Experience and expertise: Steven Coffey is a chartered accountant, having spent his career in public practice since graduating from University of New South Wales, Australia in 1983. He has been a partner in the chartered accounting firm Watkins Coffey Martin since 1993. He is a registered company auditor and audits a number of large private companies as well as a number of not for profitnot-for-profit entities. HeSteven has previously served on the board of an Australian listed public company. He is currently a board member of private family foundation.
Other current directorships: None
Former directorshipsSpecial responsibilities: Chairman of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee
(last 3 years):Name:DrJames Garner
Title:Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer
Experience and expertise:Dr Garner is an internationally experienced life sciences executive who has previously worked with companies ranging from small biotechs to multinational pharmaceutical companies such as Biogen and Takeda. His career has focused on regional and global development of new medicines from preclinical to commercialisation.
Dr Garner is a physician by training and holds an MBA from the University of Queensland. He began his career in hospital medicine and worked for a number of years as a corporate strategy consultant with Bain & Company before entering the pharmaceutical industry. From 2013 to 2016, he led R&D strategy for Sanofi in Asia-Pacific and was based in Singapore. Prior to that, he was regional Vice President of R&D for Takeda, from 2009-2013, where he had responsibility for a multinational team of approximately 60 people, and oversight of all development activities in the Asia-Pacific region.
Other current directorships: None
Special responsibilities: ChairmanMember of Scientific Committee and Member of the Audit CommitteeStrategy and member of the RemunerationInnovation Committee
Name: John O’ConnorIan M. Phillips MNZM
Title: Non-Executive Director
Experience and expertise: JohnIan M. Phillips has spent his working life in thebeen involved with International Banking, global financial industry. In this time he has worked both in funds managementmarkets and as a stockbroker. He hasCorporate Finance for over 30 years having worked in New York, London, Singapore, Sydney and Wellington. Ian is the UK, USA and in Australia. He has held management roles and been a partner in securities businesses. He served onPresident of KUMARA, Chairman of NNP, Deputy Chairman of the BoardAmerican Australian Association, Immediate past President of Lonsec Securities, a Zurich Insurance owned business, for several years. He has been a consultant to several biotech businesses, including Novogen Limited and MEI Pharma, Inc. assisting with fundraising. He is currently on the American Friends of the NGA, Chairman of ANZA, an Advisory Board of the Fragile X AssociationUS-NZ Council and a Board member of Australia, a not-for-profit organisation.the American friends of Christchurch. As Regional Head of Commonwealth Bank North and South America between 1996 and 2002 and then 2006 to 2013, Ian was responsible to the US regulators, the OCC, as well as taking overall responsibility for compliance with accounting standards. He also chaired the New York based Broker Dealer of CBA Americas during this period. Ian studied at Otago University, University of Colorado and London School of economics. He holds dual citizenship in the USA & New Zealand. In 2013, Ian was awarded the New Zealand Order of Merit.
Other current directorships: None

Former directorships

(last 3 years):

NuSep Holdings Limited (appointed 10 October 2011, resigned 19 February 2012)
Special responsibilities: Chair of Strategy and Innovation Committee, Member of Remuneration and Nomination Committee and Member of the Audit, CommitteeRisk and Governance Committee.

Executive Officers’ profiles

Name: Iain Ross
Title:Director, Acting CEO (appointed July 2015 - retired January 2016)
Non-Executive Director (from February 2016)
Experience and expertise:Iain is an experienced Director on a number of Australian company boards. He is also currently Executive Chairman of e-Therapeutics plc. In his career he has held senior positions in Sandoz AG, Fisons Plc, Hoffmann-La Roche AG and Celltech Group Plc and also undertaken a number of start-ups and turnarounds on behalf of banks and private equity groups. His track record includes multiple financing transactions having raised in excess of £300 million, both publicly and privately, as well as extensive experience of divestments and strategic restructurings and has over 20 years in cross-border management as a Chairman and CEO. He has led and participated in four London Stock Exchange (“LSE”) Initial Public Offerings, and has direct experience of mergers and acquisitions transactions in Europe, USA and the Pacific Rim.
Other current directorships:Anatara Lifesciences Limited, Premier Veterinary Group Plc (LSE: PVG), e-Therapeutics plc (LSE: ETX) and Biomer Technology Limited
Former directorships
(last 3 years):Coms Plc, Tissue Therapies Limited, Benitec Biopharma Limited
Special responsibilities:Member of Remuneration and Nomination Committee, Member of Scientific Committee and Member of the Audit, Risk and Governance Committee.
Executive officers’ profiles
Name:DrDavid Brown
Title: Chief Scientific Officer
Qualifications:B. Sc. (Hons) Ph. D
Experience and expertise: David Brown was in charge of preclinical testing for Novogen’s oncology drugs between 2000 and 2010. In his new role, he will re-assume responsibility2010 and was appointed CSO in 2009. David left Novogen in 2010 and re-joined the company in May 2013 as Chief Science Officer, overseeing the entire portfolio of Research and Development programs, and is responsible for Novogen’s preclinical development programs, including ovarian and brain cancer candidate CS-6.developing evidence of the Company’s drug technology platforms.
Name: DrAndrew BursillHeaton
Title: Joint Company Secretary
Qualifications:B. Agr. Ec., AccountancyCEO & President of Novogen North America
Experience and expertise: Andrew Heaton has an extensive drug discovery background. He was appointed Company Secretary on 12 December 2012 replacing director Steven Coffey who was appointed on 8 November 2012 who replaced Ronald L Erratt.one of the founders and former CEO of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd. Andrew has been providing outsourced CFOre-joined Novogen in 2013 as CEO & President of Novogen North America and Company Secretarial services to listedoversees the formulation, patent and unlisted public companies since 1998.manufacture of the Company’s drug technology platforms.
Name: Lionel MateoCristyn Humphreys
Title: Joint Company Secretary
Qualifications:M. LawChief Financial Officer
Experience and expertise: LionelCristyn Humphreys has 20 years’ commercial experience working for private industries including heading up finance, marketing and strategy departments for businesses with a global presence. Cristyn’s commercial experience is broad including founding a registered charity in Australia and working in the NSW Police Service. She is a Chartered Accountant and a Fellow of the Tax Institute in Australia. Cristyn commenced as Novogen CFO on January 1, 2015. Between 2012 and 2014, Cristyn was appointed Joint Company Secretary on 30 October 2013Head of Finance and will provide secretarial services to the Company together with the current office holder.Chief Strategic Officer of a privately held global manufacturing and design company.

Directors’ and Key Management Personnel (“KMP”) interests in the shares and options of the company:

   

Ordinary shares

fully paid

       Options     
     No. outstanding   Exercise price ($)   Expiry date 

Current Directors

        

G Kelly

   3,915,204     —       —       —    

R Birch

   1,622,122     —       —       —    

A Heaton

   7,600,400     —       —       —    

S Coffey

   89,236     —       —       —    

J O’Connor

   278,551     45,644     0.5256     6 May 2014  

Compensationcompany for fiscal 2016:

A. Shareholding

The number of shares in the Company held during fiscal 2016 by each Director and other members of Key Management Personnel of the Company, including their personally related parties, is set out below:

   Balance at the
start of the year
   Received as part
of remuneration
   Additions   Disposals/
other
  Balance at
the end  of

the year
 
Ordinary shares         

B Carmine

       318,181      318,181  

S Coffey

   822,460          822,460  

J O’Connor

   325,035          325,035  

J Garner (appointed Feb 2016)

       150,000      150,000  

I Ross (appointed July 2016)

       750,000      750,000  

I Phillips

       70,000      70,000  

C Humphreys

   145,283       38,400      183,683  

A Heaton

   6.037,098         (872,000  5,165,098  

D Brown

   3,497,795          3,497,795  

G Kelly* (resigned July 2015)

   5,606,534          5,606,534  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   16,434,205       1,326,581     (872,000  16,886,786  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

*Disposals/other may represent no longer being designated as a KMP, not necessarily a disposal of holding.

Option holding

The number of options over ordinary shares in the Company held during fiscal 2016 by each Director and other members of Key Management Personnel of the Company, including their personally related parties, is set out below:

   

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   Exercised  

Expired/

forfeited/

other

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

 
Options over ordinary shares        

J O’Connor*

   69,654     —       —      (46,436  23,218  

S Coffey*

   176,241     —       —      (117,494  58,747  

J Garner**

   —       7,500,000     —      —      7,500,000  

C Humphreys*

   68,231     —       (38,400  (22,239  7,592  

C Humphreys**

   —       800,000     —      —      800,000  

L Mateo**(resigned September 2016)

   —       500,000     —      —      500,000  

G Kelly*,*** (resigned July 2015)

   356,069     —       —      —      356,069  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   670,195     8,800,000     (38,400  (186,169  9,245,626  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

*The above listed options were not issued as part of remuneration.
**Options issued under the Employee Share Option Plan, approved by shareholders on March 4, 2014
***Number of options as at July 22, 2015.

   Vested and
exercisable
   Vested and
unexercisable
   Balance at
the end of
the year
 
Options over ordinary shares      

J O’Connor*

   23,218     —       23,218  

S Coffey*

   58,747     —       58,747  

C Humphreys*

   7,592     —       7,592  

G Kelly* (as at July 22, 2015)

   356,069     —       356,069  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   445,626     —       445,626  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

*The above listed options were not issued as part of remuneration.

For all other KMPs, no options were vested at year end.

In addition to Director’s fees, one-off consultancy fees of A$266,000 for interim executive duties while Mr Iain Ross was Acting CEO were paid in fiscal 2016 to Gladstone Consultancy Partnership, a UK based consulting partnership in which he has a beneficial interest. These fees were paid between July 2015 and February 2016. No such consultancy fees will be paid in fiscal 2017.

In addition to Director’s fees, one-off consultancy fees of A$120,000 for interim duties were paid in fiscal 2016 to Kumara Inc, a corporation in which Mr Ian Phillips is a Director and has a beneficial interest. These fees were paid between July 2015 and March 2016. No such consultancy fees will be paid in fiscal 2017.

In addition to Director’s fees, consultancy fees of A$7,000 were paid to Watkins Coffey Martin, a partnership in which Steven Coffey is a partner.

Share-based compensation

There were no shares issued to Directors or other KMP as part of compensation during fiscal 2016

Options

The terms and conditions of each grant of options over ordinary shares affecting remuneration of Directors and other Key Management Personnel in fiscal 2016 or future reporting years are as follows;

Further disclosures regarding KMPs options

   Opening
Balance
   Expired  Grant*   Grant**   Grant***   Closing
balance
 

J Garner

   —       —      —       5,000,000     2,500,000     7,500,000  

C Humphreys

   64,713     (57,121  800,000     —       —       807,592  

L Mateo****

   —       —      500,000     —       —       500,000  

*Granted October 15, 2015 with an exercise price of A$0.22 and an expiry date of November 16, 2020
**Granted March 18, 2016 with an exercise price of A$0.1988 and an expiry date of February 1, 2021
***Granted March 18, 2016 with an exercise price of A$0.2605 and an expiry date of February 1, 2021
****No longer Company Secretary as of September 9, 2016

Remuneration (Compensation)

Principles used to determine the nature and amount of remuneration

Remuneration philosophy

Remuneration for directorsDirectors and senior executivesSenior Executives is based on the overall objective of attracting and retaining people of high quality who will make a worthwhile contribution to the Company. While reference to remuneration levels of other companies of similar size, market capitalisation and standing is taken into consideration, the current Board and its Remuneration and Nomination Committee believe that at this stage of the Company’s development, the financial capacity of the Company is of overriding importance in determining remunerations.

remuneration.

The current Board and itsthe Remuneration and Nomination Committee ishave instigated a performance based short-term incentive (cash bonus), provided that certain Key Performance Indicators, as determined during periodic appraisal of employees, are met.

The Board and the view that its limited funds are best directedRemuneration and Nomination Committee have instigated a long term incentive (share options). Employees have been issued share options, under the Employee Share Options Plan (ESOP), which was approved by the shareholders at the Company’s research and development (‘R&D’) efforts, while still providing a reasonable level of remuneration to its executives and directors.general meeting on March 4, 2015.

Directors’Non-executive directors’ fees

The Constitution of the Company and the ASX listing rules specify that the aggregate remuneration of Non-Executive Directorsnon-executive directors shall be determined from time to time by General Meeting. The last determination for the Company was at the Annual General Meeting held on October 28, October 2005 when the shareholders approved an aggregate remuneration of $560,000.A$560,000.

Non-Executive Directors’Non-executive directors’ fees are reviewed periodically by the Board and in due course are expected to be brought into line with those of companies of comparable market capitalization and stage of development. However, reflecting the Company’s current decision to focus its limited cash position on its core business activities, the Remuneration Committee has made the decision to not increaseThe remuneration of non-executive directors consists of directors’ fees over thatand committee chairperson fees. The non-executive directors fee structure is a fixed fee model (inclusive of the previous year. Also, no additional fees are to be paid for each Board committee on which a director sits.superannuation).

Executive directors and other key management personnel (“KMP”) remuneration

The Remuneration Committee in consultation withKMP are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the Executive Directors and other Senior Executives have agreed on the current levels of remuneration that are based on salary alone. The practice in the period up to 6 December 2012 of structuring total cost employment packages for Executives involving tailoring the package to individual needs, as well as receiving cash bonuses, has been discontinued by the current Board. As with directors’ fees, a review of Executive remuneration will be made only when the Company’s cash position is appropriate.

Consolidated entity performance and link to remuneration

Remuneration is not directly linked to the performance of the Company.

Employee share option plan

The Company established an Employee Share Option Plan that was approved by shareholders in October 2007. The Employee Share Option Plan provides for the issue of options to eligible employees being an employee or director of the consolidated entity. The number and timing of options issued under the terms of the Employee Share Option Plan is entirely at the discretion of the Board.

Each option issued under the Employee Share Option Plan entitles its holder to acquire one fully paid ordinary share and is exercisable at a price generally equal to the weighted average price of such shares at the close of trading on the Australian Securities Exchange for the five days prior to the date of issue. Options generally vest equally over a four-year period from the date of grant and expire five years after grant date. No performance conditions apply to the options granted, however, the unvested option lapses if the employee ceases to be an employee during the vesting period. Options are not transferable and cannot be settled by the Company in cash. The Employee Share Option Plan provides that in the event of a change of controlmajor activities of the Company, directly or in the event that the Company is taken over, outstanding options become exercisable regardless of vesting status.

No options have been issued to any employee since the new Board assumed control on 7 December 2012.

The Remuneration Committee, as a cost-saving measure, currently is investigating a hybrid scheme in which shares and/or options could be issued in lieu of salary or as a reward for performance. Any change to the Employee Share Option Plan will need to be approved by shareholders.indirectly.

Use of remuneration consultants

The consolidated entityDuring fiscal 2016, the Company did not engage remuneration consultants during the financial year.

consultants.

B. Details of remuneration

Details of the remuneration of the directors and other key management personalKMP of the consolidated entity comprising Novogen Limited and MEI Pharma, Inc.Company are set out in the following tables.

For the period 1 July 2012 until 5 December 2012, the key management personnelThe KMP of the consolidated entity were:

Directors (Novogen)Company consisted of the following directors of Novogen Limited:

 

W RueckertJohn O’Connor Non-Executive Director, Chairman (Non-Executive)
J AustinBryce Carmine Non-Executive Director, (Non-Executive)Deputy Chairman
P WhiteDirector (Non-Executive) resigned 8 November 2012
R YoungmanDirector (Non-Executive)
SSteven Coffey Non-Executive Director (Non-Executive) appointed 8 Nov 2012
J O’ConnorProf Peter Gunning Non-Executive Director (Non-Executive)

Directors (MEI Pharma)

(resigned September 2016)
L CannIan Phillips Chairman (Non-Executive)Non-Executive Director
C WhiteIain Ross Non-Executive Director (Non-Executive)(appointed July 22, 2015)
W RueckertDr James Garner Managing Director, (Non-Executive)CEO (appointed February 5, 2016)
B WilliamsDirector (Non-Executive)
C BalticDirector (Non-Executive)
T ReynoldsDirector (Non-Executive)
N GloverDirector (Non-Executive)

Other key management personnel

D GoldPresident and CEO, MEI Pharma, Inc.
T ZechCFO, MEI Pharma, Inc.
M HinzeCFO, Novogen Limited

The remuneration for the directors and key management personnel for Novogen Limited for the period 1 July 2012 to 5 December 2012 is as follows:

July 2012 to December
2012
         

Short Term Benefits

   Post-Employment   Long term
benefits
   Termination
Payments
   Share based
Payments
   Total 
Novogen     Salaries &
Fees
   Cash
Bonus*
   Non-
monetary
   Super   Salary
sacrifice
   Long
Service
       Options     
      $   $   $   $       $   $   $   $ 

Management

                    

M Hinze

  CFO   72,544     75,000     —       22,274     —       225,144     66,058     —       461,020  

Directors

                    

W Rueckert

  Chairman   33,097     75,000     89,660     —       —       —       —       —       197,757  

J Austin

  Director   23,200     45,000     30,000     —       —       —       —       —       98,200  

P White

  Director   20,903     45,000     30,000     —       —       —       —       —       95,903  

R Youngman

  Director   9,330     55,000     —       5,790     —       —       —       —       70,120  

S Coffey

  Director   5,010     6,000     —       991     —       —       —       —       12,001  

J O’Connor

  Director   18,371     17,500     —       3,229     —       —       —       —       39,100  
  Totals   182,455     318,500     149,660     32,284     —       225,144     66,058     —       974,101  

*The cash bonus relates to previous years’ earnings, paid in the current financial year.

The remuneration for the directors and key management personnel for MEI Pharma, Inc. for the period 1 July 2012 to 5 December 2012 is as follows:

July 2012 to December
2012
         

Short Term Benefits

   Post-Employment   Long term
benefits
   Termination
Payments
   Share based
Payments
   Total 
MEI Pharma     Salaries &
Fees
   Cash
Bonus
   Non-
monetary
   Super   Salary
sacrifice
   Long
Service
       Options     
      $   $   $   $       $   $   $   $ 

Executives

                    

D Gold

  CEO - MEI   186,788     169,311     8,596     —       —       7,292     —       408,846     780,834  

T Zech

  CFO MEI   110,228     48,100     9,579     —       —       9,146     —       29,581     206,634  

Directors

                    

L Cann

  Chairman   15,873     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       15,873  

C White

  Director   15,873     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       15,873  

W Rueckert

  Director   15,873     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       15,873  

B Williams

  Director   21,164     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       21,164  

C Baltic

  Director   15,873     —       —       —       —       —       —       —       15,873  

T Reynolds

  Director   —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

N Glover

  Director   —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    
  Totals   381,672     217,411     18,175     —       —       16,438     —       438,428     1,072,123  

*The cash bonus relates to previous years’ earnings, paid in the current financial year.

For the period 6 December 2012 until 30 June 2013, the key management personnel of the consolidated entity were:

Directors (Novogen)

GDr Graham Kelly Chairman (Executive)(resigned July 2015)
R Birch
And the following persons: Deputy Chairman (Non-Executive)
ADr Andrew Heaton Director (Executive)CEO and President of Novogen North America
J AustinDirector (Non-Executive) resigned 19 April 2013
S CoffeyDirector (Non-Executive)
J O’ConnorDirector (Non-Executive)

Other key management personnel

DDr David Brown Chief Scientific Officer
Cristyn HumphreysChief Financial Officer
Lionel MateoCompany Secretary (resigned September 2016)

   Short-term benefits  Post-
employment
benefits
   Long-term
benefits
   

Share-

based
payments

     
           Movements
in accrued
leave
                
   Cash salary   Cash   Non-  Super-       Equity-     
   and fees   bonus   monetary  annuation   Other   settled   Total 
2016  A$   A$   A$  A$   A$   A$   A$ 

Non-Executive Directors:

             

S Coffey

   30,700     —       —      35,000     —       —       65,700  

J O’Connor**

   97,084     —       —      9,223     —       —       106,307  

P Gunning

   60,000     —       —      5,700     —       —       65,700  

I Ross*,**

   65,700     —       —      —       —       —       65,700  

B Carmine**

   73,483     —       —      3,167     —       —       76,650  

I Phillips**

   133,861     —       —      —       —       —       133,861  

Executive Directors:

             

G Kelly *

   72,795     —       (63,178  9,891     199,875     —       219,383  

J Garner *

   166,663     —       10,752    15,833     —       120,543     313,791  

Other Key Management Personnel:

             

L Mateo****

   120,416     4,824     (4,548  11,898     —       24,199     156,789  

D Brown

   279,574     11,876     9,733    19,308     —       —       320,491  

A Heaton***

   348,414     14,961     (13,641  3,902     —       —       353,636  

C Humphreys

   162,399     7,306     (3,451  16,122     —       38,718     221,094  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   1,611,089     38,967     (64,333  130,044     199,875     183,460     2,099,102  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

*Remuneration for the duration of appointment if KMP was appointed or resigned during the period
**Remuneration includes:

 

December 2012 to June
2013
         

Short Term Benefits

   Post-Employment   Long term
benefits
   Termination
Payments
   Share based
Payments
   Total 
Novogen     Salaries &
Fees
   Cash
Bonus
   Non-
monetary
   Super   Salary
sacrifice
   Long
Service
       Options     
      $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $   $ 

Executives

                    

G Kelly

  Group CEO   118,065     —       —       9,449     15,551     —       —       —       143,065  

A Heaton

  CEO, USA   103,492     —       —       8,689     4,724     —       —       —       116,905  

D Brown

  CSO   31,304     —       —       2,817     —       —       —       —       34,121  

Directors

                    

R Birch

  Dep. Chair   24,514     —       —       2,206     —       —       —       —       26,720  

J Austin

  Director   —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —    

S Coffey

  Director   13,924     —       —       2,206     10,800     —       —       —       26,930  

J O’Connor

  Director   27,456     —       —       2,471     —       —       —       —       29,927  
  Totals   318,755     —       —       27,838     31,075     —       —       —       377,668  

Appointment of I Phillips as Interim Chairman, from July 1, 2015 to February 5, 2016

Appointment of I Ross as Acting CEO, from July 22, 2015 to January 31, 2106

Appointment of J O’Connor as Chairman, from February 5, 2016

Appointment of B Carmine as Deputy Chairman, from February 5, 2016

***Salary paid in U.S. dollars, but disclosed in Australian dollars using a conversion rate of .7283
****No longer Company Secretary as of September 9, 2016

The relative proportions of remuneration that are linked to performance and those that are at risk:

   Fixed remuneration  At risk - STI   At risk - LTI 
Name  2016  2015  2016  2015   2016  2015 

Executive Directors:

        

James Garner

   62  —      —      —       38  —    

Other Key Management Personnel:

        

Lionel Mateo****

   81  100  3  —       16  —    

David Brown

   96  100  4  —       —      —    

Andrew Heaton

   96  100  4  —       —      —    

Cristyn Humphreys

   79  100  3  —       18  —    

****No longer Company Secretary as of September 9, 2016

C. Consequences of performance on shareholder wealth

The earnings of the Company for the past five fiscal years are summarised below:

   

2012

A$’000

  

2013

A$’000

  

2014

A$’000

  

2015

A$’000

  

2016

A$’000

 

Loss after income tax attributable to owners

   (1,309  (1,031  (7,467  (7,139  (12,063

The factors that are considered to affect total shareholders return (“TSR”) are summarised below:

   2012   2013  2014  2015  2016 

Share price at financial year end (A$)

   0.07     0.19    0.14    0.22    0.10  

Basic earnings per share (cents per share A$)

   1.28     (0.90  (4.76  (2.99  (2.82

Bonuses included in remuneration

Details of the short-term incentive cash bonuses awarded as remuneration to each key management personnel, the percentage of the available bonus that was paid in the financial year, and the percentage that was forfeited because the person did not meet the service and performance criteria is set out below. No part of the bonus is payable in future years.

Bonuses included in remuneration

   Included in
Remuneration (A$)
   Percentage vested
during the year
  Percentage forfeited
during the year
 

Key Management Personnel

  

David Brown

  $11,876     100  —    

Andrew Heaton

  $14,961     100  —    

Cristyn Humphreys

  $7,306     100  —    

Lionel Mateo****

  $4,824     100  —    

****No longer Company Secretary as of September 9, 2016

Employment agreements

It is the Remuneration and Nomination Committee policy that employment contracts are entered into with each of the executives who are considered to be key management personnel.KMP. Under the terms of the contracts, remuneration is reviewed at least annually (or more often at the discretion of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee). The employment contracts of KMPs include a termination clause whereby a party can be terminated by either party by givingterminate the agreement on notice. Such notice may vary between 4 weeks and 6 months’ notice in accordance withmonths. Under the terms of theireach contract, or in the case of the Company by making a payment in lieu of 6 months’can be made by the Company to substitute the notice to the employee.period. In the event of the Company terminating without cause, under the terms of the contractsome contracts, the amount payable on termination is equal to 6 monthssix months’ remuneration, in addition to any amount payable in lieu of notice. The companyCompany may terminate the contracts at any time without cause if serious misconduct has occurred. In the event that employment is terminated for cause, no severance pay or other benefits are payable by the Company.

Remuneration and other terms of employment for key management personnel are formalised in current employment contracts is salary only,service agreements. Details of these agreements are as follows:

Name:James Garner
Title:Chief Executive Officer, Managing Director
Agreement commenced:February 1, 2016
Term of agreement:Full-time employment
Details:Base salary for fiscal 2016 of A$400,000, to be reviewed annually by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. James’s appointment with the Company may be terminated with the Company giving 6 months’ notice or by James giving 6 months’ notice. The Company may elect to pay James equal amount to that proportion of his salary equivalent 6 months’ pay in lieu of notice, together with any outstanding entitlements due to him.
Name:David Brown
Title:Chief Scientific Officer
Agreement commenced:April 29, 2013
Term of agreement:Full time employment
Details:Base salary for fiscal 2016 of A$226,600, to be reviewed annually by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. David’s appointment with the Company may be terminated with the Company giving 6 months’ notice or by David giving 6 months’ notice. The Company may elect to pay David equal amount to that proportion of his salary equivalent 3 months’ pay in lieu of notice, together with any outstanding entitlements due to him. Additionally, if notice of termination is given by the Company, the Company must pay David an amount equal to 6 months’ salary.
Name:Andrew Heaton
Title:CEO and President of Novogen North America, Inc.
Agreement commenced:April 29, 2013
Term of agreement:Full-time employment
Details:Base salary for fiscal 2016 of US$257,500 to be reviewed annually by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. Andrew’s appointment with the Company may be terminated with the Company giving 6 months’ notice or by Andrew giving 6 months’ notice. The Company may elect to pay Andrew equal amount to that proportion of his salary equivalent 3 months’ pay in lieu of notice, together with any outstanding entitlements due to him. Additionally, if notice of termination is given by the Company, the Company must pay Andrew an amount equal to 6 months’ salary.

Name:

Cristyn Humphreys

Title:Chief Financial Officer
Agreement commenced:January 1, 2015
Term of agreement:Full-time employment
Details:Base salary for fiscal 2016 of A$164,800, to be reviewed annually by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. Cristyn’s appointment with the Company may be terminated with the Company giving 4 weeks’ notice or by Cristyn giving 4 weeks’ notice. The Company may elect to pay Cristyn equal amount to that proportion of her salary equivalent 4 weeks’ pay in lieu of notice, together with any outstanding entitlements due to her.

Key management personnel have no additional benefits including cash bonuses or share options.entitlement to termination payments in the event of removal for misconduct.

Further detail on the share options are provided in Note 33 to the financial statements.

D. Employee share option plan

The Company established an Employee Share Option Plan which(“ESOP”) that was approved by shareholders in October, 2007. on March 4, 2015.

Share-based compensation

Issue of shares

There were no shares issued to Directors and other KMP as part of remuneration during the fiscal 2016.

Options

The Plan provides for the issueterms and conditions of each grant of options to eligible employees being an employeeover ordinary shares affecting remuneration of Directors and other Key Management Personnel in this financial year or directorfuture reporting years are as follows:

Grant date  

Vesting date and

exercisable date

  Expiry date  Exercise price   

Fair value per option

at grant date

 

October 15, 2015

  433,334 options vest on November 16, 2016  November 16, 2020  A$0.220    A$0.128  
  433,333 options vest on November 16, 2017      
  433,333 options vest on November 16, 2018      

February 1, 2016

  750,000 options vest on August 1, 2016  February 1, 2021  A$0.198    A$0.081  
  750,000 options vest on February 1, 2017      
  

750,000 options vest on August 1, 2017

      
  750,000 options vest on February 1, 2018      

February 1, 2016

  2,000,000 options vest on February 1, 2019  February 1, 2021  A$0.198    A$0.086  

February 1, 2016

  2,500,000 options vest on February 1, 2020  February 1, 2021  A$0.260    A$0.087  

None of the Company or related company. The number and timing of options issued underas part of remuneration, which are listed in the terms oftable above, were exercised during the Employee Share Option Plan are entirely at the discretion of the Board.period.

Options granted carry no dividend or voting rights. Each option issued under the Employee Share Option Plan entitles its holderis convertible to acquire one fully paid ordinary share and is exercisable at a price generally equalupon exercise.

Name of KMP  Number
Options
Granted
   Grant Date  Value per
Option at
Grant date
   

Total Value
at Grant

Date

   Number
Vested
   Exercise
Price
   

First

Exercise

Date

  

Last

Exercise

Date

J Garner

   3,000,000    Mar 18, 2016  A$0.0814    A$244,200     —      A$0.1988    Aug 1, 2016  Feb 1, 2021

J Garner

   2,000,000    Mar 18, 2016  A$0.0861    A$172,200     —      A$0.1988    Feb 1, 2019  Feb 1, 2021

J Garner

   2,500,000    Mar 18, 2016  A$0.0868    A$217,000     —      A$0.2605    Feb 1, 2020  Feb 1, 2021

L Mateo****

   500,000    Oct 15, 2015  A$0.1276    A$63,800     —      A$0.2200    Nov 16, 2017  Nov 16, 2020

C Humphreys

   800,000    Oct 15, 2015  A$0.1276    A$102,080     —      A$0.2200    Nov 16, 2017  Nov 16, 2020

****No longer Company Secretary as of September 9, 2016

During the fiscal 2016, 5,500,008 options have been issued to the weighted average price of such shares at the close of trading on the Australian Securities Exchange for the five days prior to the date of issue. Options generally vest equally over a four year period from the date of grant and expire five years after grant date. No performance conditions apply to the options granted, however, the unvested option lapses if the employee ceases to be an employee during the vesting period. Options are not transferable and cannot be settledemployees by the Company for cash. The Employee Share Option Plan provides that inunder the event of aESOP. Any change of control ofto the Company or in the event that the Company is taken over, outstanding options become exercisable regardless of vesting status.ESOP will need to be approved by shareholders.

Remuneration options: granted and vested during the year

During year endedThere were 8,800,000 options over ordinary shares issued to directors and other KMP as part of remuneration that were outstanding as at June 30, June 2013, no options were granted by Novogen Limited under the Employee Share Option Plan.2016.

There were no alterations to the terms and conditions of options granted as remuneration since their grant date.over ordinary shares vested in fiscal 2016.

There is no Board policy in relation to staff members limiting their exposure to risk as options vest subject to service criteria, not performance criteria.

The following table sets out options issued by MEI to Directors and key management personnel during the Period to disposal date (27 November 2011):

US$  Grant date   Exercise
price
(US$)
   Granted
Number
   (US$)   Fair Value/
Option
   Fair Value 

Executive Officers

            

D. Gold

   7/08/2012    $2.76     16,666     1.90    $2.46    $40,998  

D. Gold(Immediately vested)

   16/11/2012    $8.52     33,333      $7.68    $255,997  

D. Gold-Performance based(vested 12/8/12)

   16/11/2012    $8.52     16,667     1.90    $7.68    $128,003  
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total

       66,666        $424,998  
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

T. Zech

   7/08/2012    $2.76     12,500      $2.46    $30,750  

Under the terms of the options issued by MEI, 25% will vest one year from grant date and, thereafter, the remaining 75% of options will vest in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months. The options do not have any performance conditions. There were no options forfeited and all options granted are available for future years.

Remuneration options: expired during the year

During year ended 30 June 2013, the followingfiscal 2016, no options granted by Novogen Limited under the Employee Share Option Plan lapsed because the directors ceased to be employed by the Company.

Previous directors

   No. options   Exercise price   Expiry date

W Rueckert

   375,000     0.2979    26 Jan 2015

P White

   375,000     0.2979    26 Jan 2015

R Youngman

   375,000     0.2979    26 Jan 2015

Further detail on the remuneration, shares and options held by directors and key management personnel are provided in See Item 18. “Financial Statements – Note 25 to the Financial Statements”.had lapsed.

Pension benefits

The Company has paid A$64,000209,000 during fiscal 20132016 for employee superannuation benefits and pension benefits. This excludes discontinued operations.

Board functionsof Directors

The role of the Board is as follows:

 

Representingrepresenting and serving the interests of shareholders by overseeing and appraising the strategies, policies and performance of the Company. This includes overviewing the financial and human resources the Company has in place to meet its objectives and the review of management performance;

 

Protectingprotecting and optimising Company performance and building sustainable value for shareholders in accordance with any duties and obligations imposed on the Board by law and the Company’s constitutionConstitution and within a framework of prudent and effective controls that enable risk to be assessed and managed;

 

Responsibleresponsible for the overall Corporate Governance of Novogen Limited and its controlled entities,subsidiaries, including monitoring the strategic direction of the Company and those entities, formulating goals for management and monitoring the achievement of those goals;

Setting,setting, reviewing and ensuring compliance with the Company’s values (including the establishment and observance of high ethical standards); and

 

Ensuringensuring shareholders are kept informed of the Company’s performance and major developments affecting its state of affairs.

Responsibilities/functions of the Board include:

 

selecting, appointing and evaluating from time to time the performance of, determining the remuneration of, and planning for the successor of, the CEO;

 

reviewing procedures in place for appointment of senior management and monitoring of its performance, and for succession planning. This includes ratifying the appointment and the removal of the Chief Financial Officer and the Company Secretary;

 

overseeing the Company, including its control and accountability systems;

 

input into and final approval of management development of corporate strategy, including setting performance objectives and approving operating budgets;

 

reviewing and guiding systems of risk management and internal control and ethical and legal compliance. This includes reviewing procedures in place to identify the main risks associated with the Company’s businesses and the implementation of appropriate systems to manage these risks;

 

overseeing and monitoring compliance with the Code of Conduct and Diversity Policy;other corporate governance policies;

 

monitoring corporate performance and implementation of strategy and policy;

 

approving major capital expenditure, acquisitions and divestitures, and monitoring capital management;

 

monitoring and reviewing management processes in place aimed at ensuring the integrity of financial and other reporting;

 

monitoring and reviewing policies and processes in place relating to occupational health and safety, compliance with laws, and the maintenance of high ethical standards; and

 

performing such other functions as are prescribed by law or are assigned to the Board.

In carrying out its responsibilities and functions, the Board may delegate any of its powers to a Board committee, a director, employee or other person subject to ultimate responsibility of the directors under the Australian Corporations Act 2001.

Matters which are specifically reserved for the Board or its committees include the following:

 

appointment of a Chair;

 

appointment and removal of the CEO;

 

appointment of directors to fill a vacancy or as additional directors;

 

establishment of Board committees, their membership and delegated authorities;

 

approval of dividends;

 

development and review of corporate governance principles and policies;

 

approval of major capital expenditure, acquisitions and divestitures in excess of authority levels delegated to management;

 

calling of meetings of shareholders; and

 

any other specific matters nominated by the Board from time to time.

Structure of the Board

The Company’s constitutionConstitution governs the regulation of meetings and proceedings of the Board. The Board determines its size and composition, subject to the terms of the constitution.Constitution. The Board does not believe that it should establish a limit on tenure other than stipulated in the Company constitutionConstitution (refer to ‘Term of Directors’ below).

While tenure limits can help to ensure that there are fresh ideas and viewpoints available to the Board, they hold the disadvantage of losing the contribution of directors who have been able to develop, over a period of time, increasing insight in the Company and its operation and, therefore, an increasing contribution to the Board as a whole. It is intended that the Board should comprise a majority of independent non-executive directors and comprise directors with a broad range of skills, expertise and experience from a diverse range of backgrounds, including compliance with the Diversity Policy. The Board regularly reviews the independence of each director in light of the interests disclosed to the Board. Due to the current size of the Company, it is not practical for the chair to be an independent non-executive director.

The Board only considers directors to be independent where they are independent of management and free of any business or other relationship that could materially interfere with, or could reasonably be perceived to interfere with, the exercise of their unfettered and independent judgment. The Board has adopted a definition of independence based on that set out in Principle 22.3 of the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (2(3ndrd edition). The Board will review the independence of each director in light of interests disclosed to the Board from time to time. In accordance with the definition of independence above, and the materiality thresholds set, the following directors of Novogen Limited are consideredBoard considers John O’Connor, Bryce Carmine, Iain Ross and Ian Phillips to be independent:independent directors.

Name

Position

Robert Birch

Non-Executive Director

John O’Connor

Non-Executive Director

There are procedures in place, agreed by the Board, to enable directors in furtherance of their duties to seek independent professional advice at the Company’s expense.

The appointment dateand expiration dates of each director in office at the date of this report is as follows:

 

Name

  Position  Year First
Appointed
first appointed
  Current Term
Expiresterm expires

Prof Graham E Kelly

John O’Connor  Chief Executive Officer,
Non-Executive Chairman
  2012  November 20142016

Robert Birch

Bryce Carmine  Director,Non-Executive Deputy Chairman  20122015  November 20132017

Dr Andrew Heaton

Executive Director2012November 2013

Steven Coffey

Ian Phillips
  Non-Executive Director
Acting Chief Financial
Officer
  20122015  November 20132017
Iain RossNon-Executive Director

John O’Connor2014

(resigned November 22, 2014

Re-appointed July 22, 2015)

November 2018
Steven Coffey  Non-Executive Director  2012  November 20142016

Former Directors who served during the fiscal year 2013:

James Garner
  Managing Director, CEO  2016  
W.D. RueckertChairman2009Resigned 7 December 2012
J.T. AustinDirector2010Resigned 19 April 2013
P.R. WhiteDirector2010Resigned 7 December 2012
R. YoungmanDirector2010Resigned 7 December 2012N/A (managing director exempt from election under constitution and Australian corporation law)

Further details on each director can be found in “Names, qualifications, experience and special responsibilities” above.

Term of Directors

The Company’s Constitution requires that at each Annual General Meeting of the Company, one third (or the number nearest to but not exceeding one third) of the Directors,directors, (excluding a Directordirector who is the Managing Director, and a director appointed to fill a casual vacancy) must retire from office provided that no Directordirector may retain office for more than 3three years without offering himself/herself for re-election even though such submission results in more than one third of the Directorsdirectors retiring from office.

The Board of Directors has the power to appoint any person to be a director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Directordirector (up to a maximum of 10). Any Directordirector so appointed may hold office only until the next Annual General Meeting when he or she shall be eligible for election by the Company shareholders.

Board of Directors

The Board of Directors of Novogen Limited is elected by and accountable to shareholders. The Board monitors and directs the business and is responsible for the corporate governance of the Company. TheAs at June 30, 2016, the Board is comprised of 5seven directors, 3four of whom are non-Executive Directors.were non-executive directors.

Committees

The Board has established an Audit, Risk and Governance Committee, a Remuneration and Nomination Committee, a Strategy and Innovation Committee and a RemunerationScientific Committee.

Audit, Risk and Governance Committee

The Board has established an Audit, Risk and Governance Committee which operates under a Charter approved by the Board.Board, which is available on the Company’s website. It is the Board’s responsibility to ensure that an effective internal control framework exists within the entity. This includes internal controls to deal with both the effectiveness and efficiency of significant business processes, the safeguarding of assets, the maintenance of proper accounting records, and the reliability of financial information as well as non-financial considerations such as the benchmarking of operational key performance indicators. The Board has delegated responsibility for establishing and maintaining a framework of internal control and ethical standards to the Audit, Risk and Governance Committee.

The Committee also provides the Board with additional assurance regarding the reliability of financial information for inclusion in the financial reports.

The membersMembers of the Audit, Risk and Governance Committee duringare Bryce Carmine (Chairman), Ian Phillips and Iain Ross, each of whom is an independent director.

Remuneration and Nomination Committee

The purpose of the year were:Remuneration and Nomination Committee is to assist and advise the Board to develop, implement and, from time to time, update policies in relation to:

 

Steven Coffey – (Non-Executive Director, Acting CFO, Committee Chairman) who is a Chartered Accountant;the selection, nomination and appointment processes for directors; and

 

John O’Connor (Non-Executive Director) who has a long history at senior levels in Financethe remuneration of key management personnel and Securities businesses.directors.

Whilst operating as a combined Committee, the Audit Committee provideThis committee is accountable to the Board with additional assurance regardingfor its performance and is subject to an annual review by the reliabilityBoard. Members of financial informationthe Remuneration and Nomination Committee are Steven Coffey (Chairman), Ian Phillips and Iain Ross.

Strategy and Innovation Committee

The purpose of the Committee is to assist and advise the Board in overseeing the development and implementation of strategies and strategic plans for inclusionNovogen Limited and its subsidiaries.

The Committee is empowered by the Board to review and recommend to the Board in relation to strategic planning and innovation opportunities.

Scientific Committee

The purpose of the financial reports.

Committee is to assist and advise the Board in overseeing the strategic direction and investment in research and development and other scientific initiatives of Novogen Limited and its subsidiaries.

The Committee is empowered by the Board to review and recommend scientific strategies to the Board.

Performance

The performance of the Board and key executives is reviewed regularly using both measurable and qualitative indicators.

On an annual basis, directors will provide written feedback in relation to the performance of the Board and its Committees against a set of agreed criteria:

 

Eacheach Committee of the Board will also be required to provide feedback in terms of a review of its own performance.performance;

 

Feedbackfeedback will be collected by the chair of the Board, or an external facilitator, and discussed by the Board, with consideration being given as to whether any steps should be taken to improve performance of the Board or its Committees.Committees;

 

Thethe Chief Executive Officer will also provide feedback from senior management in connection with any issues that may be relevant in the context of Board performance review.review; and

 

Wherewhere appropriate to facilitate the review process, assistance may be obtained from third party advisers.

Remuneration

It is the Company’s objective to provide maximum shareholder benefit from the retention of a high quality Board and executive team by remunerating directors and key executives fairly and appropriately with reference to relevant employment market conditions. To assist in achieving this objective, the Board, in assuming the responsibilities of assessing remuneration to employees, links the nature and amount of executive directors’ and officers’ remuneration to the Company and consolidated entity’sCompany’s financial and operational performance.

The expected outcomes of the remuneration structure are:

 

retention and motivation of key executives;

 

attraction of high quality management to the Company and consolidated entity;Company; and

 

performance incentives that allow executives to share in the success of Novogen Limited.

For a more comprehensive explanation of the Company’s and consolidated entity’s remuneration framework and the remuneration received by directors and key executives in the current period, please refer to the remuneration report.section “Compensation” above.

There is no schemeplan to provide retirement benefits to executive or non-executive directors, except for the Australian Government Superannuation Guarantee.

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is responsible for determining and reviewing compensation arrangements for the directors themselves and the Chief Executive Officer and executive team.

Employees

The consolidated entityAs of the end of each of the last three fiscal years, the Company employed 5 people at June 30, 2013, 13 people at June 30, 2012, and 21 people at June 30, 2011 as follows:the following number of people:

 

Category of Activity  Number of People 
   2013   2012   2011 

Research and development

   3     4     3  

Production

   0     0     1  

Sales and marketing

   0     0     7  

Finance and administration

   2     9     10  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   5     13     21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Category of Activity  Number of People 
  2016   2015   2014 

Research and Development

   9     7     6  

Finance and Administration

   7     7     6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   16     14     12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Geographic Location  Number of People 
  2016   2015   2014 

Australia

   15     13     11  

United States

   1     1     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   16     14     12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Geographic Location  Number of People 
   2013   2012   2011 

Australasia

   5     3     10  

North America

   0     10     10  

Europe

   0     0     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   5     13     21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exemptions from Certain Corporate Governance Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

Exemptions from the corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (‘Nasdaq’) are available to foreign private issuers such as Novogen when those standards are contrary to a law, rule or regulation of any public authority exercising jurisdiction over such issuer or contrary to generally accepted business practices in the issuer’s country of domicile. In connection with Novogen’s National Market Listing Application, Nasdaq granted Novogen exemptions from certain corporate governance standards that were contrary to the laws, rules, regulations or generally accepted business practices of Australia. These exemptions and the practices followed by Novogen are described below:

Novogen is exempt from Nasdaq’s quorum requirements applicable to meetings of ordinary shareholders. In keeping with the law of Australia and generally accepted business practices in Australia, Novogen’s Constitution requires a quorum of three shareholders for a shareholders’ meeting.

Novogen is exempt from Nasdaq’s requirement that each Nasdaq issuer shall require shareholder approval of a plan or arrangement in connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company if “any director, officer or substantial shareholder of the issuer has a 5 percent or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10 percent or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the Company or assets to be acquired or in the consideration to be paid in the transaction or series of related transactions and the present or potential issuance of common stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, could result in an increase in outstanding common shares or voting power of 5 percent or more”.

Novogen is listed on the ASX and subject to Chapter 10 of the ASX listing rules which requires shareholder approval for an acquisition from or disposal to a “related party” (including a director) or “substantial shareholder” (who is entitled to at least 10% of the voting securities) of “substantial assets”. The Australian Corporations Act to which Novogen is also subject generally requires shareholder approval for a transaction with a director or director-controlled entity unless on arm’s length terms.

Item 7.Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

Major Shareholdersshareholders

Major shareholders in the company are set out below:

   Ordinary shares 
   Number held   % of total
shares
issued
 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company Group and certain of its subsidiaries

   9,867,292     6.91  

Dr Andrew Heaton

   7,600,400     5.77  

The major shareholders do not have voting rights that differ from those other shareholdersAs of June 30, 2016, no shareholder beneficially owned more than 5% of the Company.total outstanding ordinary shares on issue.

At October 28, 201321, 2016 there were 2,066,1307,144,692 of the Company’s ADRs outstanding, representing 51,653,250 Ordinary Shares178,617,300 ordinary shares (or 35.7%39.68% of the then outstanding Ordinary Shares)ordinary shares). At October 28, 201321, 2016 there were 2952 registered holders of the Company’s ADRs.

Previous significant shareholders, in the last three fiscal years, include:

Josiah T. Austin and El Coronado Holdings, LLC (beneficially owned by Mr. Austin) – held 20,288,05312,269,033 ordinary shares (4,531,633 of which are directly owned Ordinary Shares (representing 19.5%with the remaining 7,737,400 represented by 309,496 Sponsored ADRs), representing 7.73% as of the outstanding Ordinary Shares at September 28, 2012).November 25, 2013.

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company Group held 9,867,292 Ordinary Shares (representingordinary shares, representing 6.91% of the Ordinary Sharesordinary shares at August 27, 2013)2013.

Dr Andrew Heaton held 7,600,400 Ordinary Shares (representingordinary shares, representing 5.77% of the Ordinary Sharesordinary shares at October 28, 2013)2013.

Related Party Transactionsparty transactions

TheOther than as disclosed below, during fiscal 2016, we did not enter into any transactions or loans with any: (i) enterprises that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by or are under common control with us; (ii) associates; (iii) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in our voting power that gives them significant influence over us, and close members of any such individual’s family; (iv) executive officers and close members of such individuals’ families; or (v) enterprises in which a substantial interest in our voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (iii) or (iv) or over which such person is able to exercise significant influence.

A one-off consultancy fee of A$266,000 was paid to Gladstone Consultancy Partnership, a partnership in which our Director Iain Ross has an interest, for interim executive duties he performed while he was Acting CEO between July 2015 and February 2016 following transactions occurred withthe resignation of then CEO Graham Kelly in July 2015. No such consultancy fees have been, or will be, paid in fiscal 2017.

A one-off consultancy fee of A$120,000 was paid to Kumara Inc, a corporation in which our Director Ian Phillips is a director and has a beneficial interest, for interim duties he performed between July 2015 and March 2016 following the resignation of then CEO Graham Kelly in July 2015. No such consultancy fees have been, or will be, paid in fiscal 2017.

Consultancy fees of A$7,000 were paid to Watkins Coffey Martin, a partnership in which our Director Steven Coffey is a partner.

A salary of A$47,000 was paid to Prue Kelly, the partner of Graham Kelly, a former CEO.

Transactions between related parties duringare on normal commercial terms and the year ended June 30, 2013:conditions no more favorable than those available to other non-related parties.

 

2013
A$’000

Sale of goods and services:

Sale of goods to Glycotex, Inc. an associated company through William Rueckert a former director

462

Payment for other expenses:

Accounting fees paid to Watkins Coffey Martin, a company in which Steven Coffey is a director

45

Administration fees paid to Prue Kelly, the partner of Graham Kelly, a director

7

Fees to Spark Capital, a firm in which former director Peter Scutt was a corporate advisor.

—  

Other transactions:

Glycotex Inc. previously held the Company’s glucan technology intellectual property for the treatment of trophic ulcers. That intellectual property was sold on 27 July 2012 for total cash proceeds of $150,000 to a private US-based company, which is associated with the former chairman and director William Rueckert.

On December 5, 2012, the Company acquired the shares in Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd, which included its shareholders Graham Kelly, Andrew Heaton and Robert Birch, who became directors of Novogen Limited as a result of this transaction. Details of the acquisition are as follows:

Fair value
A$‘000

Cash and cash equivalents

32

Trade receivables

1

Plant and equipment

2

Patents and intellectual property

2,851

Net assets acquired

2,886

Goodwill

—  

Acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration transferred

2,886

Representing:

Novogen Limited shares issued to vendor

1,386

Convertible note issued

1,500

2,886

The convertible note has a principal value of A$1,500,000 and debt is repayable one year after the completion date (5 December 2012) of the agreement. The convertible note is repayable on 5 December 2013 unless the parties to the convertible note complete an election before repayment date, to convert their debt into ordinary shares in accordance with the conversion outlined below. The convertible note may be exercised at the holders discretion as follows:

On completion of Phase 1a clinical trialsA$400,000 converted into 16,000,000 ordinary shares in the Company
On receipt of Investigational New Drug approval from the US Food and Drug AdministrationA$500,000 converted into 20,000,000 ordinary shares in the Company
On completion of Phase II clinical trialsA$600,000 converted into 24,000,000 ordinary shares in the Company

Item 8.Financial Information

Consolidated financial statements are included in Item 18. “Financial Statements” commencing on pages 61 through 107.

Export sales

Due topage F-1. No significant change has occurred since the disposal of MEI in November 2012 and saledate of the consumer products businessannual financial statements included in August 2011, both classified as discontinued operations, there were no sales in 2013 and fiscal 2012 only represents one months’ sales during which there were no significant export sales. The details of sales by geographic region are contained in Item 4. “Informationthis Annual Report on the Company”.Form 20-F.

Legal proceedings

There are no pending legal proceedings which either individually or in the aggregate will have a significant effect on the Company’s financial position or loss, nor have any such proceedings had any impact in the recent past.

As a condition of establishing bank facilities Novogen Limited and its subsidiaries, Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd and Novogen Research Pty Ltd have entered into a Guarantee and Indemnity with St George Bank in January 1997. The effect of the guarantee is to guarantee amounts owed to the bank by any of the above Novogen companies.

Although the Company assigned its liability for the property lease at 140 Wicks Road, North Ryde NSW 2113, in June 2012, it remains as the original lessee and should the assignee default on the lease, a potential liability may exist. Offsetting this contingent liability the company holds a letter of personal guarantee from the director of the assignee company, which guarantees the obligations of the assignee company contained or implied in the original lease.

The Company is continuing to prosecute its Intellectual Property (‘IP’(“IP”) rights and in June 2007 announced that the Vienna Commercial Court had upheld a provisional injunction against an Austrian company, APOtrend. The consolidated entityCompany has provided a guarantee to the value of €250,000 (A$325,000)373,000) with the court to confirm its commitment to the ongoing enforcement process. As at the June 30, 2016, the receivable balance has been fully impaired on the basis that it is unlikely to be recovered.

Dividends

The Directors of Novogen Limited do not recommend the payment of a dividend at year end.

On November 27, 2012, a dividend of A$24,775,000 was paid via an in-specie distribution of shares in MEI Pharma, Inc. representing 23.87 cents per ordinary share.

There were no dividends paid, recommended or declared during the previous two financial years. Any dividends declared in the future will be paid in Australian dollars.

fiscal years 2016 and 2015.

Events after the reporting date

On July 4, 2013, the Company announced that it had entered into a funding arrangement with a sophisticated US-based institutional investor providing it with up to A$5,000,000 of working capital over 3 years. Under the Agreement, the investor will invest up to a maximum of A$5,000,000 in the Company by purchasing up to 5 interest-free convertible securities with a minimum period of 120 days between tranches. The price of each security will be a minimum of A$165,000 and a maximum of A$1,000,000, by mutual consent. The Investor also will receive 4,000,000 options that will expire at the end of three years and have an option exercise price of 130% of the average daily volume-weighted average price (‘VWAP’) per share for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to 3 July 2013. Usual adjustments for reconstructions will apply.

The conversion price for the convertible securities will be, at the Investor’s discretion, either 90% of the average of 3 daily VWAP per share, as selected by the Investor, during the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the relevant Conversion Notice Day, or a limited number at 130% of the average of the daily VWAP per share for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to execution of the Agreement.

The first investment of A$1,000,000 was called on immediately by way of a converted security with a face value of A$1,100,000.

On October 9, 2013 the Company announced it has acquired a novel drug technology from Genscreen that will be developed as a potentially major class of cancer drugs known as anti-tropomyosins (anti-Tms). Anti-Tm drugs will join the Company’s growing pipeline of super-benzopyran drugs, including Trilexium and related analogs.

On October 21, 2013 the Company announced it issued a second convertible security under the agreement of the 4 July 2013. The $1,000,000 in funds raised will be applied to develop Novogen’s second and recently acquired drug technology platform known as “anti-tropomyosins”.

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since 30 June 2013 that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect the Company’s operations, the results of those operations, or the Company’s state of affairs in future financial years.

Item 9.The Offer and Listing

Trading markets

Novogen’s principal listing exchange and the exchange upon which its Ordinary Sharesordinary shares are quoted is the Australian Securities Exchange (‘ASX’(“ASX”). The trading symbol on ASX is ‘NRT’. Novogen Limited options are listed on the ASX. The trading symbol is ‘NRTO’.

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Novogen’s Ordinary Sharesordinary shares trade in the U.S. in the form of ADRs on the NasdaqNASDAQ Capital Market. Each ADR represents tweny-five Ordinary Shares25 ordinary shares of Novogen. The trading symbol on the NasdaqNASDAQ Capital Market is ‘NVGN’. Novogen has entered into a Deposit Agreement with theThe Bank of New York Mellon under which the Bank of New York, acting as depositary, issues the ADRs.

The following table sets forth, for the calendar periods indicated, the high and low market quotations for Novogen’s Ordinary Shares,ordinary shares, as quoted on the ASX, and Novogen’s ADRs, as quoted on the NasdaqNASDAQ Capital Market.

Novogen Limited share price history

 

Period  Per ordinary share (A$)   Per ADR (US$)* 
   High   Low   High   Low 

Year ended

        

June 2009

   1.70     0.37     37.25     6.15  

June 2010

   0.89     0.17     26.20     2.85  

June 2011

   0.46     0.10     14.85     2.05  

June 2012

   0.25     0.08     8.25     1.95  

June 2013

   0.47     0.06     10.49     0.76  

Quarter ended

        

December 2011

   0.14     0.09     3.60     2.00  

March 2012

   0.10     0.09     3.00     2.03  

June 2012

   0.12     0.08     2.55     1.95  

September 2012

   0.10     0.07     2.44     1.81  

December 2012

   0.20     0.06     6.14     0.76  

March 2013

   0.47     0.07     10.49     1.75  

June 2013

   0.37     0.16     6.92     3.57  

September 2013

   0.21     0.16     5.18     3.50  

Month ended

        

April 2013

   0.37     0.17     6.92     4.25  

May 2013

   0.18     0.16     4.77     3.57  

June 2013

   0.23     0.16     5.50     3.66  

July 2013

   0.21     0.17     5.10     3.72  

August 2013

   0.19     0.16     5.18     3.50  

September 2013

   0.19     0.16     4.15     3.63  
A.ASX

The Company’s ordinary shares are traded on the ASX. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low market quotations for our ordinary shares, as quoted on the ASX.

   Per Ordinary Share (A$) 
   High   Low 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

    

2012

   0.25     0.08  

2013

   0.47     0.06  

2014

   0.40     0.15  

2015

   0.45     0.08  

2016

   0.30     0.10  

Quarter Ended:

    

September 2014

   0.16     0.12  

December 2014

   0.16     0.08  

March 2015

   0.24     0.10  

June 2015

   0.45     0.20  

September 2015

   0.30     0.14  

December 2015

   0.18     0.11  

March 2016

   0.15     0.10  

June 2016

   0.14     0.10  

September 2016

   0.12     0.09  

Month Ended:

    

April 2016

   0.14     0.12  

May 2016

   0.12     0.11  

June 2016

   0.12     0.10  

July 2016

   0.11     0.10  

August 2016

   0.12     0.09  

September 2016

   0.12     0.10  

B.NASDAQ CAPITAL MARKET

The ADRs are traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “NVGN.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high ask and low bid prices of the ADRs on the NASDAQ Capital Market:

   Per ADR (US$)* 
   High   Low 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30

    

2012

   8.25     1.95  

2013

   10.49     0.76  

2014

   6.84     3.42  

2015

   9.50     1.51  

2016

   5.35     1.79  

Quarter Ended:

    

September 2014

   3.62     2.74  

December 2014

   5.38     1.64  

March 2015

   4.33     2.09  

June 2015

   9.50     3.41  

September 2015

   5.35     2.32  

December 2015

   3.09     1.98  

March 2016

   2.85     1.79  

June 2016

   2.67     1.81  

September 2016

   2.44     1.72  

Month Ended:

    

April 2016

   2.67     2.17  

May 2016

   2.23     1.96  

June 2016

   2.19     1.81  

July 2016

   2.01     1.79  

August 2016

   2.15     1.72  

September 2016

   2.44     1.81  

 

*Note the Company effected a change to the ADR ratio on January 3, 2012. The ratio changed from each ADR representing 5 ordinary shares to now representing 25 ordinary shares. All of the ADR prices presented above have been adjusted to be comparative to the current ratio.

Item 10.Additional Information

Constitution

The Company’s Constitution is incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F filed with the SEC on December 24, 1998 (File No. 0-29962).

Material Contractscontracts

See Item 4. “InformationDevelopment and IP Assignment Deed with Genscreen Pty. Ltd.

In October 2013, we acquired all rights, title and interest in Genscreen Pty. Ltd.‘s (“Genscreen”) anti-tropomyosin (ATM). Under the terms of the Development and IP Assignment Deed between Novogen Limited, Genscreen and Mr. Ian Dixon, Novogen acquired the intellectual property rights to Genscreen’s ATM technology to develop anti-cancer drugs, and in return Genscreen receives an annual fee of A$10,000 per year and would receive royalty fees in the event of future product sales and a percentage of any future licensing revenue received from unaffiliated third party licensees. Novogen’s objective is to commence Phase 1A clinical trial in respect of at least one lead candidate product within 4 years after the commencement date.

Clinical Trial Funding Agreement with The Kids’ Cancer Project

In October 2015, Novogen and The Kids’ Cancer Project (“TKCP”) entered into an agreement (the “Funding Agreement”) to fund a future Phase I clinical trial for Anisina (or other ATM candidate as agreed by the parties) in the event Novogen’s ATM technology advances to that stage. Under the Funding Agreement, Novogen and TKCP agree to enter into a future Clinical Trial Research Agreement detailing and finalising the relevant information, obligations and budget for a Phase I clinical trial for Anisina (or other ATM candidate as agreed by the parties). The budget under the Funding Agreement is up to, but not to exceed, funds of US$1.5 million in an amount to be finalised under the Clinical Trial Research Agreement. The Funding Agreement is predicated on the Company”agreement that Novogen will expand its focus on developing Anisina (or other ATM candidate as agreed) for adult cancer indications to include paediatric indications in any material contracts.future clinical trials.

Convertible Note Deed Poll and Amendment

On 4 December 2014, the consolidated entity and the convertible note holder, former shareholders of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd (‘Triaxial’) signed an amendment to the Convertible Note Deed Poll (‘Deed’), signed on 4 November 2013. The Deed previously superseded a loan agreement between the consolidated entity and Triaxial.

The amendment to the Deed extinguished the liability that originally arose from the provisions that allowed the redemption in cash of the value of the convertible note, under some specific circumstances. The liability originated in the loan agreement and was carried over to the original version of the Deed. The amendment allowed the consolidated entity to convert the liability attached to the transaction into equity. The convertible note may be exercised at the holders’ discretion as follows:

on completion of Phase 1a clinical trial, which will occur upon the receipt by the consolidated entity of a signed study report: $400,000 converted into 16,000,000 ordinary shares in the consolidated entity;

on receipt of Investigational New Drug approval from the US Food and Drug Administration: $500,000 converted into 20,000,000 ordinary shares in the consolidated entity; and

on completion of Phase II clinical trial or achieving Breakthrough Designation. Completion will be deemed to occur upon the receipt by the consolidated entity of a signed study report or notification of the designation: $600,000 converted into 24,000,000 ordinary shares in the consolidated entity.

There is a possibility for an early conversion of the convertibles notes if a third party acquires more than 50% of the issued capital of the consolidated entity.

The Company submitted its first Investigational New Drug (IND) Application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on 11 August 2016 which triggered a conversion event for the issue of 20,000,000 ordinary shares.

Exchange Controlscontrols

Australia has largely abolished exchange controls on investment transactions. The Australian dollar is freely convertible into U.S. dollars. In addition, (other than as specified under “taxation” below and certain restrictions imposed under Australian law in relation to dealings with the assets of and transactions with, designated countries, entities and persons specified by the Reserve Bank of Australia from time to time, including, persons connected with terrorism) there are currently no specific rules or limitations regarding the export from Australia of profits, dividends, capital, or similar funds belonging to foreign investors, except that certain payments to non-residents must be reported to the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre, which monitors such transactions. However, as mentioned above, the Reserve Bank of Australia does retain discretion to prevent foreign exchange dealings in certain circumstances under the Australian Banking (Foreign Exchange) Regulations 1959.

Under Australian law, foreign persons are prohibited from acquiring more than a limited percentage of the interests in an Australian company without approval from the Australian Treasurer or in certain other limited circumstances. These limitations are set forth in the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (the ‘Foreign Takeovers Act’Act”).

Under the Foreign Takeovers Act, as currently in effect, any foreign person, together with associates, is prohibited from acquiring, without prior approval from the Australian Treasurer, 15% or more of the voting power (including potential voting power) or issued shares (including rights to issued shares) (‘(“Substantial interest’Interest”) of an entity such as Novogen, whose total share value or gross assets (whichever is higher) exceed A$231 million. If the person is a U.S. investor, the A$231 million threshold applies only for investments in prescribed sensitive sectors, otherwise a threshold of A$1,004 million rather than A$231 million applies. All direct investment by foreign governments and their related entities regardless of the value of the investment, including proposals to establish new businesses, must be notified to the Australian Treasurer. Where an acquisition is made in breach of these requirements, the Australian Treasurer may make an order requiring the acquirer to dispose of its Substantial Interest within a specified period of time. In addition, if a foreign person acquires a Substantial Interest in Novogen in circumstances where the above thresholds would be exceeded and as a result the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates exceeds 40% in aggregate without the approval of the Australian Treasurer, then the Australian Treasurer may make an order requiring the acquirer to dispose of its Substantial Interest within a specified period of time. The same rule applies if the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates already exceeds 40% and a foreign person (or its associate) acquires any further interests, including in the course of trading in the secondary market of the ADRs.

Under the current Australian foreign investment policy, it is unlikely that the Australian Treasurer would make such an order in relation to an acquisition that contravenes the Foreign Takeovers Act where the level of foreign ownership exceeds 40% in the ordinary course of trading, unless the Australian Treasurer is satisfied that the acquisition is contrary to the national interest. The Foreign Takeovers Act allows foreign persons to seek prior approval of acquisitions of Novogen interests which could otherwise result in the Australian Treasurer making an order requiring the foreign person to dispose of any Substantial Interest.

If a foreign person holds more than 15% of the interests of Novogen or if the level of aggregate foreign ownership of Novogen exceeds 40% at any time, Novogen would be considered a foreign person under the Foreign Takeovers Act. In such event, Novogen would be required to obtain the approval of the Australian Treasurer for Novogen, together with its associates, to acquire: (i) more than 15% of an Australian company or business with a share value or gross assets (whichever is higher) totaling over A$231 million; or (ii) any direct or indirect ownership interest in Australian urban land. However, as mentioned above, proposals by U.S. investors for investment in non-sensitive sectors do not require notification to the Australian Treasurer or the Australian Treasurer’s approval unless the amount to be invested or the value of the target Australian company or business exceeds A$1,004 million.

The percentage of foreign ownership of Novogen would also be included in determining the foreign ownership of any Australian company or business in which it may choose to invest. Novogen has no current plans for any such acquisitions. The Company’s Constitution does not contain any additional limitations on a non-resident’s right to hold or vote the Company’s securities.

Taxation

The following discussion is a summary of the Australian taxes generally applicable to U.S. Holders of ADRs. For the purposes of this discussion, “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of ADRs who:

(a) for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a U.S. resident, a U.S. citizen, a domestic corporation, a domestic partnership, or a non-foreign estate or trust;

(b) are not residents of Australia for Australian income tax purposes; and

(c) has not owned, at any time directly, indirectly or constructively, 10% or more of the voting stock of the Company.

Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the U.S. and Australian tax consequences of owning and disposing of Ordinary Sharesordinary shares and ADRs, including in relation to state and local tax laws. Further, prospective investors who are residents of jurisdictions other than the U.S. should consult their tax advisers as to the tax consequences of investing in the ADRs or shares under the laws of their jurisdictions of residence.

This taxation discussion is intended only as a descriptive summary and does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or listing of all potential tax effects to U.S. Holders, and does not address the Australian taxes applicable to special classes of U.S. Holders. Except as otherwise noted, the statements of Australian tax laws set out below are based on the laws as of the date of this Annual Report, including the bilateral taxation convention between Australia and the U.S. (the ‘Treaty’‘Treaty”) and are subject to any changes in law occurring after that date.

Australian Income Taxation

Distributions

Under Australian law, non-residents of Australia may be subject to withholding tax of up to 30% in respect of dividends received on shares in Australian companies.

In accordance with the Treaty, dividends derived by a non-resident of Australia who is a resident of the U.S. for the purposes of Treaty (which may not include all U.S. Holders) may be taxed on those dividends in Australia, but such withholding tax is limited to 15% of the gross amount of dividends unless the dividend is derived by a non-resident of Australia who has or is deemed to have a permanent establishment in Australia. In this case, the non-resident may be taxed at the rate applicable to them. Some U.S. resident companies may be entitled to a withholding rate of 5% if they hold at least 10% of the voting power of the Australian company.

In some instances, withholding tax may not apply. Under the Australian dividend imputation system, dividends that are paid out of income on which Australian income tax has been levied may be wholly or partly “franked”. No withholding tax is payable in respect of any franked portion of a dividend.

Under the conduit foreign income rules, the unfranked portion of a dividend paid to a non-resident of Australia is not subject to withholding tax to the extent that the amount is declared to be conduit foreign income iei.e. an amount calculated by reference to certain foreign source income earned by the Australian company on which no Australian tax is payable.

Dispositions

Upon disposal of shares or ADRs, a capital gain or a capital loss may be made. A capital gain is calculated as the difference between the disposal proceeds and the cost base of the shares or ADRs, where the disposal proceeds exceeds the cost base. Broadly, the cost base is the total of the amount paid for the shares or ADRs plus acquisition and/or disposal costs (such as brokerage or stamp duty).

Capital gains made by non-residents of Australia are only subject to Australian tax if they are in respect of the disposal of assets which are taxable Australian property. Very broadly, a share or ADR will be taxable Australian property if the share or ADR is in a company that principally owns (directly or indirectly) Australian real property and the share is part of a shareholding that represents at least 10% of all of the shares or ADRs in the company (when taking into account shares or ADRs owned by the participant or associates). Any non-resident shareholder who held at least 10% of shares or ADRs (when taking into account shares or ADRs owned by the participant or associates) at any time during the 2 years prior to disposing of the shares or ADRs in the Company should consult their own tax advisers regarding the capital gains tax consequences of a disposal of shares or ADR’s in the Company.

Shares or ADRs will also be taxable Australian property and any capital gain made on the disposal of such shares or ADRs will be subject to Australian tax if the shareshares or ADRs have at any time been held by a taxpayer in carrying on a business through a permanent establishment in Australia.

If the shares or ADRs were acquired before 11:45 am on September 21, 1999 the cost base may be indexed for inflation up to September 30, 1999. For a Holder to whom the CGTCapital Gains Tax (“CGT”) discount applies (see below), indexation will only apply if the Holder elects to use indexation instead of the discount. Indexation will not be available if the shares or ADRs were acquired after 11:45 am on September 21, 1999 and will effectively only be relevant if the shares were acquired before July 1, 1999.

Holders who are individuals or who hold shares or ADRs directly through trusts and are subject to Australian tax may be eligible to have their capital gain (after applying any capital losses against it) discounted by 50% if they have held their shares or ADRs for at least 12 months. If the shares or ADRs were acquired before 11:45 am on September 21, 1999, such Holders may choose whether to calculate their capital gain using indexation frozen at September 21, 1999 or by applying the CGT discount without indexation. If the shares or ADRs were acquired after 11:45 am on September 21, 1999, it will not be possible to elect to apply indexation and such Holders will be entitled to the CGT discount if they have held the shares or ADRs for at least 12 months. Companies are not entitled to the CGT discount.

A capital loss will be made if the disposal proceeds for the shares or ADRs are less than the reduced cost base. Broadly, the reduced cost base will be calculated in a similar way to the cost base, however, the reduced cost base is calculated without indexation. Capital losses can only be offset against capital gains realised in the same year or in later years.

Non-residents of Australia who are subject to Australian tax on capital gains made on the disposal of shares or ADRs are required to file an Australian income tax return for the year in which the disposal occurs.

Non-residents of Australia who are securities dealers or in whose hands a profit on disposal of ADRs or shares is regarded as ordinary income and not as a capital gain (such shares and ADRs are referred to as ‘revenue assets’assets”) will be subject to Australian income tax on Australian source profits arising on the disposal

of the ADRs or shares, without indexation or discount, unless such profits are exempt from Australian tax under the Treaty. Under the Business Profits Article of the Treaty, the profits of a person that is a resident of the U.S. for the purposes of the Treaty (which may not include all U.S. Holders) will not be subject to tax in Australia unless the profits are attributable to the carrying on of a business by that person through a permanent establishment of that person in Australia. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers as to whether the shares or ADRs are revenue assets as such a conclusion depends on the particular facts and circumstances of the individual investor concerned.

Non-residents of Australia with no taxable capital gains or income from sources in Australia other than dividends with respect to the shares or ADRs are not required to file an Australian income tax return.

Estate and Gift Tax

Australia does not impose any estate, inheritance or gift taxes. Therefore, no Australian estate tax, inheritance tax or gift tax will be imposed on the death of, or upon a lifetime gift by, a U.S. Holder. However, the transfer by a U.S. Holder of ordinary shares or ADRs by way of gift or upon death may have Australian income tax and stamp duty implications.

United States Taxation

United States Federal Income Taxation

As used below, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of an ADR that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) a citizen or resident alien individual of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or organized under the law of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax without regard to its source or (iv) a trust if (1) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person. For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of an ADR that is (i) a non-resident alien individual, (ii) a corporation (or an entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the law of a country other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder. If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of an ADR, the U.S. federal tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder of an ADR that is a partnership and partners in that partnership should consult their own tax advisers regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of ADRs. We have not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or an opinion of counsel as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the description herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court.

GIVEN THE COMPLEXITY OF THE TAX LAWS AND BECAUSE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR INVESTOR MAY BE AFFECTED BY MATTERS NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ADRs, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

Nature of ADRs for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes

In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of an ADR will be treated as the owner of the underlying shares. Accordingly, except as specifically noted below, the tax consequences discussed below with respect to ADRs will be the same as for shares in the Company, and exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Taxation of Dividends

U.S. holders

In general, subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, a distribution on an ADR will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent that it is made from our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it is generally treated as a non-taxable reduction of basis to the extent of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the ADR on which it is paid, and to the extent it exceeds that basis it will be treated as capital gain. For purposes of this discussion, the term “dividend” means a distribution that constitutes a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company has not maintained and does not plan to maintain calculations of earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Accordingly, it is unlikely that U.S. Holders will be able to establish that a distribution by the Company is in excess of its current and accumulated earnings and profits (as computed under U.S. federal income tax principles). Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution by the Company will generally be treated as taxable in its entirety as a dividend to U.S. Holders for U.S. federal income tax purposes even though the distribution may be treated in whole or in part as a non-taxable distribution for Australian tax purposes.

The gross amount of any dividend on an ADR (which will include the amount of any Australian taxes withheld) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as foreign source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction. The amount of a dividend paid in Australian dollars will be its value in U.S. dollars based on the prevailing spot market exchange rate in effect on the day the U.S. holder receives the dividend or, in the case of a dividend received in respect of an ADR, on the date the Depositary receives it, whether or not the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars. A U.S. holder will have a tax basis in any distributed Australian dollars equal to its U.S. dollar amount on the date of receipt, and any gain or loss realized on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of Australian dollars generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends paid in Australian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars on the date they are received by a U.S. holder, the U.S. holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income.

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term and hedged positions, a dividend that a non-corporate holder receives on an ADR will be subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 20% if the dividend is a “qualified dividend”. A dividend on an ADR will be a qualified dividend if (i) either (a) the ADRs are readily tradable on an established market in the United States or (b) we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the Secretary of the Treasury determines is satisfactory for purposes of these rules and that includes an exchange of information program, and (ii) we were not, in the year prior to the year the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year the dividend is paid, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”). The ADRs are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, which should qualify them as readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. In any event, the Treaty satisfies the requirements of clause (i)(b), and we are a resident of Australia entitled to the benefits of the Treaty. However, based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe we were a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our taxable year ended June 30, 2015, respectively, and expect to be classified as a PFIC in the current taxable year. Given that the determination of PFIC status involves the application of complex tax rules, and that it is based on the nature of our income and assets from time to time, no assurances can be provided that we will or will not be considered a PFIC for any past or future taxable years. In addition, as described in the section below entitled “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” if we were a PFIC in a year while a U.S. holder held an ADR, and if the U.S. holder has not made a qualified electing fund election effective for the first year the U.S. holder held the ADR, the ordinary share underlying the ADR remains an interest in a PFIC for all future years or until such an election is made. The IRS takes the position that such rule will apply for purposes of determining whether an ADR is an interest in a PFIC in the year a dividend is paid or in the prior year, even if we do not satisfy the tests to be a PFIC in either of those years. Even if dividends on the ADRs would otherwise be eligible for qualified dividend treatment, in order to qualify for the reduced qualified dividend tax rates, a non-corporate holder must hold the ordinary share on which a dividend is paid for more than 60 days during the 120-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date, disregarding for this purpose any period during which the non-corporate holder has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell or has made (and not closed) a short sale of substantially identical stock or securities, is the grantor of an option to buy substantially identical stock or securities or, pursuant to Treasury regulations, has diminished their risk of loss by holding one or more other positions with respect to substantially similar or related property. In addition, to qualify for the reduced qualified dividend tax rates, the non-corporate holder must not be obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Payments in lieu of dividends from short sales or other similar transactions will not qualify for the reduced qualified dividend tax rates.

A non-corporate holder that receives an extraordinary dividend eligible for the reduced qualified dividend rates must treat any loss on the sale of the stock as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the dividend. For purposes of determining the amount of a non-corporate holder’s deductible investment interest expense, a dividend is treated as investment income only if the non-corporate holder elects to treat the dividend as not eligible for the reduced qualified dividend tax rates. Special limitations on foreign tax credits with respect to dividends subject to the reduced qualified dividend tax rates apply to reflect the reduced rates of tax.

The U.S. Treasury has announced its intention to promulgate rules pursuant to which non-corporate holders of stock of non-U.S. corporations, and intermediaries through whom the stock is held, will be permitted to rely on certifications from issuers to establish that dividends are treated as qualified dividends. Because those procedures have not yet been issued, it is not clear whether we will be able to comply with them.

Non-corporate holders of ordinary shares are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced qualified dividend tax rates with respect to dividends received on the ADRs in the light of their own particular circumstances.

Any Australian withholding tax imposed on dividends received with respect to the ADRs will be treated as a foreign income tax eligible for credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. federal income tax law. For purposes of computing those limitations separately under current law for specific categories of income, a dividend generally will constitute foreign source “passive category income” or, in the case of certain holders, “general category income.” A U.S. holder will be denied a foreign tax credit with respect to Australian income tax withheld from dividends received with respect to the ADRs to the extent the U.S. holder has not held the ADRs for at least 16 days of the 30-day period beginning on the date which is 15 days before the ex-dividend date or to the extent the U.S. holder is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property. Any days during which a U.S. holder has substantially diminished its risk of loss on the ADRs are not counted toward meeting the 16-day holding period required by the statute. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisers to determine whether and to what extent they will be entitled to foreign tax credits as well as with respect to the determination of the foreign tax credit limitation. Alternatively, any Australian withholding tax may be taken as a deduction against taxable income, provided the U.S. holder takes a deduction and not a credit for all foreign income taxes paid or accrued in the same taxable year. In general, special rules will apply to the calculation of foreign tax credits in respect of dividend income that is subject to preferential rates of U.S. federal income tax.

Non-U.S. holders

A dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder of an ADR will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base the non-U.S. holder maintains in the United States if an applicable income tax treaty so requires as a condition for the non-U.S. holder to be subject to U.S. taxation on a net income basis on income from the ADR). A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to tax on an effectively connected dividend in the same manner as a U.S. holder. A corporate non-U.S. holder under certain circumstances may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” the rate of which may be reduced pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.

Taxation of Capital Gains

U.S. holders

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, on a sale or other taxable disposition of an ADR, a U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. holder’s adjusted basis in the ADR and the amount realized on the sale or other disposition, each determined in U.S. dollars. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of the sale or other taxable disposition the ADR has been held for more than one year. In general, any adjusted net capital gain of an individual is subject to a maximum federal income tax rate of 20%. Capital gains recognized by corporate U.S. holders generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same rate as ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Any gain a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be U.S. source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes, and, subject to certain exceptions, any loss will generally be a U.S. source loss. If an Australian tax is paid on a sale or other disposition of an ADR, the amount realized will include the gross amount of the proceeds of that sale or disposition before deduction of the Australian tax. The generally applicable limitations under U.S. federal income tax law on crediting foreign income taxes may preclude a U.S. holder from obtaining a foreign tax credit for any Australian tax paid on a sale or other disposition of an ADR. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisers regarding the application of such rules. Alternatively, any Australian tax paid on the sale or other disposition of an ADR may be taken as a deduction against taxable income, provided the U.S. holder takes a deduction and not a credit for all foreign income taxes paid or accrued in the same taxable year.

Non-U.S. holders.

A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of an ADR unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base the non-U.S. holder maintains in the United States if an applicable income tax treaty so requires as a condition for the non-U.S. holder to be subject to U.S. taxation on a net income basis on income from the ADR), or (ii) in the case of a non-U.S. holder who is an individual, the holder is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and certain other conditions apply. Any effectively connected gain of a corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject under certain circumstances to an additional “branch profits tax,” the rate of which may be reduced pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A special set of U.S. federal income tax rules applies to a foreign corporation that is a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As noted above, based on our audited financial statements and relevant market and shareholder data, we believe that we were a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our taxable year ended June 30, 2015, and expect to be classified as a PFIC in our current taxable year. In addition, given that the determination of PFIC status involves the application of complex tax rules, and that it is based on the nature of our income and assets from time to time, no assurances can be provided that we will or will not be considered a PFIC for any past or future taxable years.

In general, a foreign corporation is a PFIC if at least 75% of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income or if at least 50% of its assets for the taxable year produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. In general, passive income for this purpose means, with certain designated exceptions, dividends, interest, rents, royalties (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of trade or business), annuities, net gains from dispositions of certain assets, net foreign currency gains, income equivalent to interest, income from notional principal contracts and payments in lieu of dividends. Passive assets are those assets that are held for production of passive income or do not produce income at all. Thus cash will be a passive asset. Interest, including interest on working capital, is treated as passive income for purposes of the income test. The determination of whether a foreign corporation is a PFIC is a factual determination made annually and is therefore subject to change. Subject to exceptions pursuant to certain elections that generally require the payment of tax, once stock in a foreign corporation is stock in a PFIC in the hands of a particular shareholder that is a United States person, it remains stock in a PFIC in the hands of that shareholder.

If we are treated as a PFIC, contrary to the tax consequences described in “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Dividends” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of Capital Gains” above, a U.S. holder that does not make an election described in the succeeding two paragraphs would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any gain realized on a sale or other disposition of an ADR (for purposes of these rules, a disposition of an ADR includes many transactions on which gain or loss is not realized under general U.S. federal income tax rules) and (ii) any “excess distribution” by the Company to the U.S. holder (generally, any distribution during a taxable year in which distributions to the U.S. holder on the ADR exceed 125% of the average annual taxable distributions (whether actual or constructive and whether or not out of earnings and profits) the U.S. holder received on the ADR during the preceding three taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ADR). Under those rules, (i) the gain or excess distribution would be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ADR, (ii) the amount allocated to the taxable year in which the gain or excess distribution is realized would be taxable as ordinary income in its entirety and not as capital gain, would be ineligible for the reduced qualified dividend rates, and could not be offset by any deductions or losses, and (iii) the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, would be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for that year, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax would be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each of those years. A U.S. holder who owns an ADR during any year we are a PFIC will generally have to file IRS Form 8621. A failure to file this return will suspend the statute of limitations with respect to any tax return, event, or period to which such report relates (potentially including with respect to items that do not relate to a U.S. Holder’s investment in the ADRs).

The special PFIC rules described above will not apply to a U.S. holder if the U.S. holder makes a timely election, which remains in effect, to treat the Company as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”) in the first taxable year in which the U.S. holder owns an ADR and the Company is a PFIC and if the Company complies with certain reporting requirements. Instead, a shareholder of a QEF generally is currently taxable on a pro rata share of the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain as ordinary income and long-term capital gain, respectively. Neither that ordinary income nor any actual dividend from the Company would qualify for the 20% maximum tax rate on dividends described above if the Company is a PFIC in the taxable year the ordinary income is realized or the dividend is paid or in the preceding taxable year. We have not yet determined whether we would make the computations necessary to supply U.S. holders with the information needed to report income and gain pursuant to a QEF election. It is, therefore, possible that U.S. holders would not be able to make or retain that election in any year we are a PFIC. Although a QEF election generally cannot be revoked, if a U.S. holder made a timely QEF election for the first taxable year it owned an ADR and the Company is a PFIC (or is treated as having done so pursuant to any of certain elections), the QEF election will not apply during any later taxable year in which the Company does not satisfy the tests to be a PFIC. If a QEF election is not made in that first taxable year, an election in a later year generally will require the payment of tax and interest.

In lieu of a QEF election, a U.S. holder of stock in a PFIC that is considered marketable stock could elect to mark the stock to market annually, recognizing as ordinary income or loss each year an amount equal to the difference as of the close of the taxable year between the fair market value of the stock and the U.S. holder’s adjusted basis in the stock. Losses would be allowed only to the extent of net mark-to-market gain previously included in income by the U.S. holder under the election for prior taxable years. A U.S. holder’s adjusted basis in the ADRs will be adjusted to reflect the amounts included or deducted with respect to the mark-to-market election. If the mark-to-market election were made, the rules set forth in the second preceding paragraph would not apply for periods covered by the election. A mark-to-market election will not apply during any later taxable year in which the Company does not satisfy the tests to be a PFIC. In general, the ADRs will be marketable stock if the ADRs are traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter on a national securities exchange that is registered with the SEC or on a designated national market system or on any exchange or market that the Treasury Department determines to have rules sufficient to ensure that the market price accurately represents the fair market value of the stock. Under current law, the mark-to-market election may be available to U.S. holders of ADRs because the ADRs are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, which constitutes a qualified exchange, although there can be no assurance that the ADRs will be “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election or that the ADRs will continue to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

Given the complexities of the PFIC rules and their potentially adverse tax consequences, U.S. holders of ADRs are urged to consult their tax advisers about the PFIC rules, including the availability of, and consequences to them of making a QEF election or a mark-to-market election with respect to the ordinary shares in the event that the Company is classified as a PFIC for any taxable year.

Medicare surtax on net investment income

Non-corporate US Holders whose income exceeds certain thresholds generally will be subject to 3.8% Surtax on their “Net Investment Income” (which generally includes, among other things, dividends on, and capital gain from the sale or other taxable disposition of, the ADRs). Absent an election to the contrary, if a QEF election is available and made, QEF inclusions will not be included in net investment income at the time a US Holder includes such amounts in income, but rather will be included at the time distributions are received or gains are recognized. Non-corporate US Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible effect of such tax on their ownership and disposition of the Common Shares, in particular the applicability of this surtax with respect to a non-corporate US Holder that makes a QEF or mark-to-market election in respect of their Common Shares.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividends paid on, and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, an ADR to a U.S. holder generally may be subject to information reporting requirements and may be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number or otherwise establishes an exemption. The amount of any backup withholding collected from a payment to a U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. holder to a refund, provided certain required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service. A non-U.S. holder generally will be exempt from these information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax but may be required to comply with certain certification and identification procedures in order to establish its eligibility for exemption.

Under U.S. federal income tax law and U.S. Treasury Regulations, certain categories of U.S. holders must file information returns with respect to their investment in, or involvement in, a foreign corporation. For example, all U.S. holders of PFIC stock are generally required to make annual return filings reporting their PFIC ownership and certain other information that the IRS may require. U.S. holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors concerning such reporting requirements.

Reporting Obligations of Individual Owners of Foreign Financial Assets

Section 6038D of the Code generally requires U.S. individuals (and possibly certain entities that have U.S. individual owners) to file IRS Form 8938 if they hold certain “specified foreign financial assets,” the aggregate value of which exceeds $50,000. The definition of specified foreign financial assets includes not only financial accounts maintained in foreign financial institutions, but also, unless held in accounts maintained by a financial institution, any stock or security issued by a non-US. person, any financial instrument or contract held for investment that has an issuer or counterparty other than a U.S. person and any interest in a foreign entity.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO AN INVESTMENT IN ADRs. HOLDERS AND POTENTIAL HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES RELEVANT TO THEM IN THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION.

Documents on Display

The Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act that are applicable to a foreign private issuer. Under the Exchange Act, the Company is required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this Annual Report and the exhibits hereto, may be inspected without charge and copied at established rates at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C., 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the public reference room. Such materials can also be obtained at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Item 11.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest rate risk

The Company’s exposure to market interest rates relate primarily to the investments of cash balances.

The Company has cash reserves held primarily in Australian dollars and places funds on deposit with financial institutions for periods generally not exceeding three months.

The Company places its deposits with high credit quality financial institutions, and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any single counter-party. The Company is averse to principal loss and ensures the safety and preservation of its invested funds by limiting default risk, market risk and reinvestment risk.

The Company mitigates default risk by depositing funds with only the safest and highest credit quality financial institutions and by constantly positioning its portfolio to respond appropriately to a significant reduction in a credit rating of any financial institution.

The Company has no interest rate exposure due to rate changes for long-term debt obligations. The Company primarily enters into debt obligations to support general corporate purposes, including capital expenditures and working capital needs.

The Company does not consider the effects of interest rate movements to be a material risk to its financial condition.

For additional disclosure regarding interest rate risk see Item 18. “Financial Statements – Note 24 to the financial statements”27 – Financial Instruments”.

Foreign currency risk

The Company operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the U.S. dollar (‘USD’).dollar. Foreign exchange risk arises from future transactions and recognised assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency and net investments in foreign operations.

As of June 30, 2013,2016, the Company did not hold derivative financial instruments in managing its foreign currency, however, the Company may from time to time enter into hedging arrangements where circumstances are deemed appropriate. The Company used natural hedging to reduce the foreign currency risk, which involved processing USD payments from cash held in USD. Foreign subsidiaries with a functional currency of Australian Dollar (‘AUD’(“AUD”) have exposure to the local currency of these subsidiaries and any other currency these subsidiaries trade in. The functional currency of MEI and Glycotex is USD and these subsidiaries have exposure to AUD and any other currency these subsidiaries trade in.

As of June 30, 2013 the Company was not exposed to significant foreign currency risk.

For additional disclosure regarding market risk see Item 18. “Financial Statements – Note 24 to the financial statements”27 – Financial Instruments”.

Item 12.Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

American DepositoryDepositary Shares

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of American DepositoryDepositary Shares (ADSs)(“ADSs”) directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deductions from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable to you that are obligated to pay those fees.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse or share revenue from the fees collected from you, or waive fees and expenses for services provided, generally relating to costs and expenses arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers or other service providers that are affiliates of the depositary and that may earn or share fees or commissions.

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares must pay:

  

For:

US$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs) 

Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

US$.02 (or less) per ADS 

Any cash distribution to ADS registered holders

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs 

Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to ADS registered holders

US$.02 (or less) per ADSs per calendar year 

          Depositary services

  Depositary services
Registration or transfer fees 

Transfer and registration of shares on the Company’s share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares

Expenses of the depositary 

Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADS or share underlying an ADS, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes 

          As necessary

  As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities 

          As necessary

  As necessary

PART II

 

Item 13.Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

This item is not applicable.

 

Item 14.Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and the Use of Proceeds

This item is not applicable.

 

Item 15.Controls and Procedures

(a) Disclosure controls and procedures

At the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, the Company’s management, with the participation of the PrincipalChief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, the Company’s PrincipalChief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of June 30, 2013.2016.

(b) Management’s annual report on internal controls over financial reporting

The management of Novogen Limited is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a – 15(f)13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2016 based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO 2013). Based on our evaluation under the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2016.

Novogen Limited’s internal control was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management maintains a comprehensive system of controls intended to ensure that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization, assets are safeguarded, and financial records are reliable. Management also takes steps to ensure that information and communication flows are effective and monitor performance, including performance of internal control procedures.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2013 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Management continue to use the 1992 framework for its assessment and will transition to the 2013 framework in due course.2016. Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of June 30, 2013.2016.

(c) Changes in internal controls

DuringThere were no major acquisitions or discontinuations of operations during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, there were changes to management and board composition, a major acquistion and discontinuation of certain previous operations. These changes have not materially affected or are not reasonably likely to materially affect the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.2016.

Item 16.[Reserved]

 

Item 16A.Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Steven Coffey,Ian Phillips, qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F. Mr. CoffeyIan Phillips meets the independence requirements of the NasdaqNASDAQ Capital Market and SEC’s rules and regulations.regulations as he has been involved with banking, global financial markets and corporate finance for over 30 years, including in various roles in New York, London, Singapore, Sydney and Wellington.

 

Item 16B.Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct.Ethics and Business Conduct (the “Code”). The Code establishes a clear set of values that emphasise a culture encompassing strong corporate governance, sound business practices and good ethical conduct. The Code confirms the Company’s belief in treating all individuals with respect and recognises that different skills and diversity are essential to enrich the company’sCompany’s perspective, improve corporate performance, increase shareholder value and maximise the achievement and goals of the company.Company. The Code of Conductapplies to all Company employees, including management and Directors. The Code is available on the company’sCompany’s websitewww.novogen.com.

 

Item 16C.Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd (‘GT’(“GT”) has audited the Company’s annual financial statements acting as the independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended June 30, 20132016, 2015 and 2012.2014.

The chartstable below set forth the total fees for services performed by GT in 2013fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 20122014, and summarizes these amounts by the category of service.

 

  2013
A$’000
   2012
A$’000
 
  2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
   2014
A$’000
 

Audit services - Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd

          

Audit or review of the financial statements

   151     106     140     114     123  
  

 

   

 

 

SEC Form F-3 consent

   1     21     —    

Other services - Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd

          

Tax compliance services

   47     29     12     20     31  

Other assurance - MEI S1/S3/S8/10K audit and review services

   —       13  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   153     155     154  
   47     42    

 

   

 

   

 

 
  

 

   

 

 
   198     148  
  

 

   

 

 

Audit fees

The audit fees include the aggregate fees incurred in fiscal years 20132016, 2015 and 20122014 for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and for related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or services that are normally provided by the auditor in connection with regulatory filings of engagements for those financial years (including review of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, consents and other services related to SEC matters).

SEC Form F-3 Consent

Fees paid in respect of filing of SEC Form F-3 consent services, which relates to procedures required by the auditor to issue their consent in the document.

Other services – tax

Tax compliance fees

Tax fees billed in fiscal year 2016 were for tax compliance advisory services. Tax fees billed in each of the fiscal years 20132015 and 20122014 were for the preparation of tax returns and related advice.

Other assurance related fees

Fees for audit related services billed in fiscal years 2013 and 2012 include audit related services provided in connection with the filing of registration statements for MEI.compliance services.

Pre-approval Policiespolicies and Proceduresprocedures

The Audit Committee Charter sets forth the Company’s policy regarding the appointment of independent auditors. The Audit Committee Charter also requires the Audit Committee to review and approve in advance the appointment of the independent auditors for the performance of 100% of all audit services and, after taking into account the opinion of management, 100% of lawfully permitted non auditnon-audit services. The Audit Committee may delegate authority to one or more members of the Audit Committee where appropriate, but no such delegation is permitted if the authority is required by law, regulation or listing standard to be exercised by the Audit Committee as a whole.

 

Item 16D.Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

This item is not applicable.

 

Item 16E.Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

This item is not applicable.

 

Item 16F.Changes in registrant’s Certifying Accountant

This item is not applicable.

Item 16G.Corporate Governance

Exemptions from Certain Corporate Governance Rules of the NasdaqNASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

Exemptions from the corporate governance standards of the NasdaqNASDAQ Stock Market, LLC (‘Nasdaq’(“NASDAQ”) are available to foreign private issuers such as Novogen when those standards are contrary to a law, rule or regulation of any public authority exercising jurisdiction over such issuer or contrary to generally accepted business practices in the issuer’s country of domicile. In connection with Novogen’s National Market Listing Application, NasdaqNASDAQ granted Novogen exemptions from certain corporate governance standards that were contrary to the laws, rules, regulations or generally accepted business practices of Australia. These exemptions and the practices followed by Novogen are described below:

 

Novogen is exempt from Nasdaq’sNASDAQ’s quorum requirements applicable to meetings of ordinary shareholders. In keeping with the law of Australia and generally accepted business practices in Australia, Novogen’s Constitution requires a quorum of three shareholders for a shareholders’ meeting.

 

Novogen is exempt from Nasdaq’sNASDAQ’s requirement that each NasdaqNASDAQ issuer shall require shareholder approval of a plan or arrangement in connection with the acquisition of the stock or assets of another company if “any director, officer or substantial shareholder of the issuer has a 5 percent or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10 percent or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the Company or assets to be acquired or in the consideration to be paid in the transaction or series of related transactions and the present or potential issuance of common stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, could result in an increase in outstanding common shares or voting power of 5 percent or more”.

Novogen will rely an exemption from the requirement that at least two members of a compensation committee be “independent” as defined in NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2). The ASX Listing Rules and Australian law do not require an Australian company to establish a compensation committee, known in Australia as a remuneration committee, which is comprised solely of non-executive directors if the company is not included in the S&P/ASX300 Index at the beginning of its financial year. Novogen was not included on the S&P/ASX300 Index at the beginning of its its last financial year and, hence, is not required under ASX Listing Rules to have a remuneration (compensation) committee. The ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations contain a non-binding recommendation that all ASX-listed companies should have a remuneration committee comprised of at least three members, a majority of whom (including the chair) are “independent”. While these recommendations contain guidelines for assessing independence, ASX-listed entities are able to adopt their own definitions of an independent director for this purpose and is different from the definition in NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2). That being said, Novogen has, and expects to continue to have, a Remuneration and Nomination Committee consisting of three non-executive directors.

Novogen is listed on the ASX and subject to Chapter 10 of the ASX listing rules which requires shareholder approval for an acquisition from or disposal to a “related party” (including a director) or “substantial

shareholder” (who is entitled to at least 10% of the voting securities) of “substantial assets”. The Australian Corporations Act to which Novogen is also subject generally requires shareholder approval for a transaction with a director or director-controlled entity unless on arm’s length terms.

 

Item 16H.Mine Safety Disclosure

This item is not applicable.

PART III

 

Item 17.Financial Statements – Not Applicable

Not Applicable

 

Item 18.Financial Statements

The financial statements filed as part of this Annual Report are includedcommencing on pages 61 through 107 hereof.page F-1.

 

Item 19.Exhibits

 

(a)Exhibits

 

Exhibit
No.
  Exhibit Description

  1.1

  Constitution of Novogen Limited (formerly known as the Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association)(1). (1)

  2.1

  Deposit Agreement, as further amended and restated, dated as of September 29, 2005,June 6, 2016 among Novogen Limited, theThe Bank of New York, as Depositary, and owners and holders from time to time of ADRs issued thereunder. (2)

  4.1

  Lease Agreement, dated November 1, 2015 between Hyperion Property SyndicatesCoal Services Pty Limited (Lessor) and Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd for the Company’s corporate headquarters at 140 Wicks Road, North Ryde, New South Wales. (5)Novogen.

  4.2

  Employment Contract between the Company and Professor Alan HusbandAgreement for Chief Executive Officer of Novogen Limited, dated MarchDecember 10, 2010. (5)2015.

  4.3

  Employment Contract between the Company and Bryan Palmer dated March 10, 2010. (5)
  4.4Employment Contract between the Company and Craig Kearney dated March 10, 2010. (5)
  4.5Employment Contract between the Company and Ronald Erratt dated March 10, 2010. (5)
  4.6Employment Contract between the Company and Mark Hinze dated September 23, 2010. (5)
  4.7Patent License Agreement dated asfor Chief Financial Officer of November 13, 1997, by and among Novogen Limited, Novogen Research Pty Limited, Novogen Inc. and Protein Technologies International Inc.** (3)
  4.8Amendment to the Patent License Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2004 by and among Novogen Limited, Novogen Research Pty Limited, Novogen Inc. and Solae LLC (formerly known as Protein Technologies International Inc.)** (4)July 23, 2014.

  4.9

  4.4

  Asset PurchaseEmployment Agreement for Chief Scientific Officer of Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd, dated as of December 21, 2010, between MEI, the Company and Novogen Pty Limited (6).April 29, 2013.
  4.10

  4.5

  AmendmentEmployment Agreement with Archer Daniels Midland Company,for Chief Executive Officer of Novogen (North America) LLC, dated June 30, 2011 (6)April 29, 2013.
  4.11

  4.6

  Securities Subscription Agreement,Convertible Note Deed Poll with Triaxial Pty Ltd Noteholders dated as of September 27, 2011, between Marshall Edwards, Inc. and Novogen Limited. (7)December 6, 2012
  4.12

  4.7

  Securities Subscription Agreement,Amendment to Convertible Note Deed Poll with Triaxial Pty Ltd Noteholders dated as of December 28, 2011, between Marshall Edwards, Inc. and Novogen Limited. (8)4, 2014
  8.1

  4.8

  Company Subsidiaries. (*)Development and IP Assignment Deed with Genscreen Pty. Ltd. and Ian Dixon, dated October 8, 2013.

  4.9

Heads of Agreement Clinical Trial Funding with The Kids’ Cancer Project, dated October 29, 2015

  4.10

Novogen Officers’ and Employees’ Share Option Plan

  8.1

Company Subsidiaries.

12.1

  Certification of the Acting Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a – 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (*)

12.2

  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a – 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (*)

13.1

  Certification by the Acting Principal Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as added by Section 906 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002. (*)

23.1

Consent of Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd

 

*Filed herewith.
**Portions of these documents have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Such omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.
(1)Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 1998 (File No. 0-29962)
(2)Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2005 (File No. 333-128681)
(3)Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2009 (File No. 0-29962).
(4)Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2009 (File No. 0-29962).
(5)Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2010 (File No. 0-29962).

(6)Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2011 (File No. 0-29962).
(7)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Subsidiary’s (MEI Pharma, Inc.) filing on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2011 (File No. 000-50484).
(8)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Subsidiary’s (MEI Pharma, Inc.) filing on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2011 (File No. 000-50484).

Statements of profit or lossSIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and other comprehensive incomethat it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

NOVOGEN LIMITED

/s/ James Garner

Dr James Garner
Chief Executive Officer
Date: October 27, 2016

For the year ended 30 June 2013Index to Financial Statements

 

   Note  Consolidated 
      2013  2012  2011  2013 
      A$‘000  A$‘000  A$‘000  US$‘000 

Revenue from continuing operations

  4   1,112    1,447    2,025    1,019  

Other income

  5   618    927    297    566  

Expenses

       

Research and development expense

     (256  (844  (132  (235

General and administrative expense

     (2,850  (3,001  (7,511  (2,612

Finance costs

  6   (132  —      (18  (121
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense from continuing operations

     (1,508  (1,471  (5,339  (1,383

Income tax expense

  7   —      —      —      —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss after income tax expense from continuing operations

     (1,508  (1,471  (5,339  (1,383

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense from discontinued operations

  8   723    121    (4,140  663  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss after income tax expense for the year

     (785  (1,350  (9,479  (720

Other comprehensive income

       

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

       

Net exchange difference on translation of financial statements of foreign controlled entities, net of tax

     3,968    (278  (690  3,637  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

     3,968    (278  (690  3,637  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

     3,183    (1,628  (10,169  2,917  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss for the year is attributable to:

       

Non-controlling interest

     246    (2,659  (2,981  225  

Owners of Novogen Limited

  21   (1,031  1,309    (6,498  (945
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     (785  (1,350  (9,479  (720
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:

       

Continuing operations

     —      —      —      —    

Discontinued operations

     1,509    (2,707  (3,388  1,383  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

     1,509    (2,707  (3,388  1,383  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Continuing operations

     (1,508  (1,471  (5,339  (1,382

Discontinued operations

     3,182    2,550    (1,442  2,916  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Owners of Novogen Limited

     1,674    1,079    (6,781  1,534  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     3,183    (1,628  (10,169  2,917  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Page

Consolidated Financial Statements for June 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and the years then ended:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F- 2

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

F- 3

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

F- 5

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

F- 6

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

F- 8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-10

Statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive incomeREPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

ForBoard of Directors and Shareholders of Novogen Limited

We have audited the year endedaccompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Novogen Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, June 2013

      Consolidated 
   Note  2013  2012  2011  2013 
      

Aus

Cents

  Aus
Cents
  Aus
Cents
  

US

Cents

 

Earnings per share for loss from continuing operations attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

       

Basic earnings per share

  32   (1.315  (1.436  (5.228  (1.205

Diluted earnings per share

  32   (1.315  (1.436  (5.228  (1.205

Earnings per share for profit/(loss) from discontinued operations attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

       

Basic earnings per share

  32   0.416    2.714    (1.135  0.381  

Diluted earnings per share

  32   0.416    2.714    (1.135  0.381  

Earnings per share for profit/(loss) attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

       

Basic earnings per share

  32   (0.899  1.278    (6.363  (0.824

Diluted earnings per share

 ��32   (0.899  1.278    (6.363  (0.824

The above2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Novogen Limited and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2016 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ Grant Thornton

GRANT THORNTON AUDIT PTY LTD

Chartered Accountants

Sydney, NSW, Australia

October 27, 2016

Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

For the year ended 30 June 2016

   Note  2016
A$’000
  2015
A$’000
  2014
A$’000
 

Revenue from continuing operations

  6   406    89    87  

Other income

  7   3,665    2,753    342  

Expenses

      

Research and development expense

     (9,894  (5,935  (3,328

General and administrative expense

     (5,761  (3,843  (3,415

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     (2  —      —    

Net fair value loss on convertible note derivative

     —      (301  (540

Loss on disposal of CanTx, Inc. after income tax expense

     (569  —      —    

Finance costs

  8   —      (69  (715
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense from continuing operations

     (12,155  (7,306  (7,569

Income tax expense

  9   —      —      —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss after income tax expense from continuing operations

     (12,155  (7,306  (7,569

Profit after income tax expense from discontinued operations

     —      —      —    

Loss after income tax expense for the year

     (12,155  (7,306  (7,569

Other comprehensive income

      

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

      

Loss on the revaluation of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

     (3  (32  (11

Net exchange difference on translation of financial statements of foreign controlled entities, net of tax

     (1  (376  29  

Derecognition of foreign currency reserve relating to CanTx, Inc.

     178    

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

     174    (408  18  

Total comprehensive income for the year

     (11,981  (7,714  (7,551

The above statements of profit or loss or other comprehensive income should be read in conjunctionwith the accompanying notes.

Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2016

   Note   2016
A$’000
  2015
A$’000
  2014
A$’000
 

Loss for the year is attributable to:

      

Non-controlling interest

     (93  (167  (101

Owners of Novogen Limited

     (12,062  (7,139  (7,468
     (12,155  (7,306  (7,569

Total comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:

      

Non-controlling interest

     (96  (205  (99

Owners of Novogen Limited

     (11,885  (7,509  (7,452
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     (11,981  (7,714  (7,551
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
       2016
Aus
Cents
  2015
Aus
Cents
  2014
Aus
Cents
 

Earnings per share for loss attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

      

Basic earnings per share

   37     (2.82  (2.99  (4.76

Diluted earnings per share

   37     (2.82  (2.99  (4.76

The above statements of profit or loss or other comprehensive income should be read with the accompanying notes

Statements of financial position

As at 30 June 20132016

 

  Note  Consolidated 
     2013 2012 2013 
     A$‘000 A$‘000 US$‘000   Note   2016
A$’000
 2015
A$’000
 

Assets

           

Current assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  9   2,738    8,348    2,509     11     33,453    44,371  

Trade and other receivables

  10   409    404    375     12     199    151  

Income tax refund due

   13     4    —    

Other

  11   —      206    —       14     434    127  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total current assets

     3,147    8,958    2,884       34,090    44,649  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Non-current assets

           

Available-for-sale financial assets

  12   59    —      54     15     13    16  

Property, plant and equipment

  13   12    27    11     16     592    85  

Intangibles

  14   2,531    —      2,320     17     822    1,390  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total non-current assets

     2,602    27    2,385       1,427    1,491  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total assets

     5,749    8,985    5,269       35,517    46,140  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Liabilities

           

Current liabilities

           

Trade and other payables

  15   265    3,675    243     18     1,300    1,619  

Borrowings

  16   1,416    —      1,298  

Provisions

  17   27    190    25     19     132    159  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,708    3,865    1,566       1,432    1,778  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Non-current liabilities

           

Provisions

  18   —      7    —       20     62    —    

Trade and other payables

   21     92    —    
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

     —      7    —    

Total Non-current liabilities

     154   
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,708    3,872    1,566       1,586    1,778  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Net assets

     4,041    5,113    3,703       33,931    44,362  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Equity

           

Contributed equity

  19   137,663    199,026    126,168     22     191,301    190,404  

Other contributed equity

   23     1,716    1,716  

Reserves

  20   216    (3,850  198     24     1,421    990  

Accumulated losses

  21   (133,838  (191,700  (122,663   25     (160,507  (148,445
    

 

  

 

  

 

 
    

 

  

 

 

Equity attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

     4,041    3,476    3,703       33,931    44,665  

Non-controlling interest

  22   —      1,637    —       26     —      (303
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

Total equity

     4,041    5,113    3,703       33,931    44,362  
    

 

  

 

  

 

     

 

  

 

 

The above statements of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notesnotes.

Statements of changes in equity

For the year ended 30 June 20132016

 

Consolidated  Contributed
equity

A$‘000
  Reserves
A$‘000
  Accumulated
losses
A$‘000
  Non-
controlling
interest

A$‘000
  Total
equity
A$‘000
  Total
equity
US$‘000
 

Balance at 1 July 2010

   206,419    (3,778  (191,451  1,986    13,176    12,076  

Loss after income tax expense for the year

    —      (6,498  (2,981  (9,479  (8,688

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

   —      (283  —      (407  (690  (632
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   —      (283  (6,498  (3,388  (10,169  (9,320

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

       

Share-based payments

   —      —      116    591    707    648  

Issue of share capital

   706    —      —      —      706    647  

Less non-controlling interest

   (289  —      —      289    —      —    

Share of opening equity transferred to non-controlling interest due to issuance of shares by subsidiary

   (12,541  639    11,190    712    —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2011

   194,295    (3,422  (186,643  190    4,420    4,051  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Contributed
capital
A$‘000
  Reserves
A$‘000
  Accumulated
losses
A$‘000
  Non-
controlling
interest
A$‘000
  Total
equity
A$‘000
  Total
equity
US$‘000
 

Balance at 1 July 2011

   194,295    (3,422  (186,643  190    4,420    4,051  

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense for the year

    —      1,309    (2,659  (1,350  (1,237

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

   —      (230  —      (48  (278  (255
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   —      (230  1,309    (2,707  (1,628  (1,492

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

       

Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs (note 19)

   164    —      —      —      164    150  

Share-based payments

   —      —      730    (179  551    505  

Issue of share capital by subsidiary

   1,606    —      —      —      1,606    1,472  

Less non-controlling interest

   (3,560    3,560    —      —    

Share of opening equity transferred to non-controlling interest due to issuance of shares by subsidiary

   6,521    (198  (7,096  773    —      —    

Balance at 30 June 2012

   199,026    (3,850  (191,700  1,637    5,113    4,686  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Statements of changes in equity

For the year ended 30 June 2013

   Contributed
equity
A$‘000
  Reserves
A$‘000
  Accumulated
losses
A$‘000
  Non-
controlling
interest
A$‘000
  Total
equity
A$‘000
  Total
equity
US$‘000
 

Balance at 1 July 2012

   199,026    (3,850  (191,700  1,637    5,113    4,686  

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense for the year

     (1,031  246    (785  (720

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

   —      2,705    —      1,263    3,968    3,637  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   —      2,705    (1,031  1,509    3,183    2,917  

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

       

Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs (note 19)

   3,013    —      —      —      3,013    2,761  

Issue of shares on acquisition

   1,386    —      —      —      1,386    1,270  

De-recognition of non-controlling interest

   —      —      —      (1,637  (1,637  (1,500

Recognition of equity component of compound financial instrument

   —      216    —      —      216    198  

Movement in disposal of subsidiary

   (65,762  1,145    83,668    (1,509  17,542    16,077  

Dividends paid (note 23)

     (24,775  —      (24,775  (22,706
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2013

   137,663    216    (133,838  —      4,041    3,703  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Contributed

equity
A$’000

   Other
Contributed
equity
A$’000
   Reserves
A$’000
  Accumulated
losses
A$’000
  

Non-

controlling
Interest
A$’000

  Total equity
A$’000
 

Balance at 1 July 2013

   137,663     —       216    (133,838  —     4,041 

Loss after income tax expense for the year

   —       —       —      (7,468  (101)  (7,569

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

   —       —       15    —      3   18 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   —       —       15    (7,468  (98)  (7,551)

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

         

Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs (note 22)

   4,923     —      —      —     —     4,923 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2014

   142,586     —      231    (141,306  (98)  1,413 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Contributed
equity
   Other
Contributed
equity
   Reserves  Accumulated
Losses
  

Non-

controlling
Interest

  Total equity 
   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000  A$’000  A$’000  A$’000 

Balance at 1 July 2014

   142,586    —       231   (141,306)  (98)  1,413 

Loss after income tax expense for the year

   —      —       —      (7,139  (167  (7,306

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

   —      —       (370  —      (38  (408
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   —      —       (370  (7,139  (205  (7,714

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

         

Share-based payments (note 37)

   —       —      1,527    —     —     1,527  

Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs (note 22)

   47,636     —      —     —     —     47,636  

Recognition of equity component of compound financial instrument

   —       1,500     —      —      —      1,500  

Transfers

   —       216     (216  —      —      —    

Exercise of options

   182     —      (182  —      —      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2015

   190,404     1,716     990    (148,445  (303  44,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The above statements of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notesnotes.

Statements of cash flowschanges in equity (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 20132016

 

   Note     Consolidated 
      2013
A$‘000
  2012
A$‘000
  2011
A$‘000
  2013
US$‘000
 

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Loss after income tax expense for the year

     (785  (1,350  (9,479  (720

Adjustments for:

       

Depreciation and amortisation

     336    23    83    308  

Write off of property, plant and equipment

     8    —      —      7  

Net loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     —      9    (265  —    

Share-based payments

     402    574    651    368  

Foreign exchange differences

     62    (214  771    57  

Gain on capital reduction - in specie distribution

     (4,996  —      —      (4,579

Net gain on disposal of business/subsidiary

     (462  (7,992  —      (423

Net gain on disposal of Glucan Technology

     (150  —      —      (137

Imputed interest on convertible note

     132    —      —      121  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     (5,453  (8,950  (8,239  (4,998

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

     34    5,065    (3,485  31  

Decrease in inventories

     —      654    907    —    

Decrease/(increase) in prepayments

     206    315    (79  189  

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables

     (3,412  (2,709  1,021    (3,127

Increase/(decrease) in other provisions

     (170  (677  125    (156

Increase/(decrease) in other operating liabilities

     —      (1,047  1,047    —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     (8,795  (7,349  (8,703  (8,061
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (8,795  (7,349  (8,703  (8,061
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Payment for purchase of business, net of cash acquired

  29   32    —      —      29  

Payments for property, plant and equipment

  13   (10  (1  (56  (9

Proceeds from sale of intellectual property

     150    7    343    137  

Sale of business - net proceeds

     —      9,500    —      —    

Sale of business - related costs

     —      (1,508  —      —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash from investing activities

     172    7,998    287    157  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from issue of shares

  19   3,170    —      —      2,905  

Proceeds from the issue of shares by subsidiary

     —      1,747    763    —    

Share issue transaction costs

     (157  —      —      (144
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

     3,013    1,747    763    2,761  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Contributed
equity
   Other
Contributed
equity
   Reserves  Accumulated
Losses
  Non-controlling
Interest
  Total equity 
   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000  A$’000  A$’000  A$’000 

Balance at 1 July 2015

   190,404     1,716     990    (148,445  (303  44,362  

Loss after income tax expense for the year

   —       —       —      (12,062  (93  (12,155

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

   —       —       174    —      —      174  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

   —       —       174    (12,062  (93  (11,981

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

         

Share-based payments (note 38)

   —       —       372    —      —      372  

Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs (note 22)

   782     —       —      —      —      782  

Derecognition of non-controlling interest

   —       —       —      —      392    392  

Derecognition of foreign currency reserve

   —       —       —      —      4    4  

Exercise of options

   115     —       (115  —      —      —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2016

   191,301     1,716     1,421    (160,507  —      33,931  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The above statements of changes in equity should be read with the accompanying notes.

Statements of cash flows

For the year ended 30 June 20132016

 

   Note     Consolidated 
      2013  2012  2011  2013 
      A$‘000  A$‘000  A$‘000  US$‘000 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (5,610  2,396    (7,653  (5,143

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year

     8,348    6,016    15,131    7,651  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     —      (64  (1,462  —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

  9   2,738    8,348    6,016    2,508  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Note   2016
A$’000
  2015
A$’000
  2014
A$’000
 

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Loss before income tax expense for the year

     (12,155  (7,306  (7,569

Adjustments for:

      

Depreciation and amortisation

     643    575    572  

Write off of property, plant and equipment

     2    —      23  

Net loss on disposal of non-current assets

     —      13    —    

Share-based payments

     372    —      —    

Foreign exchange differences

     (796  (508  28  

Gain on capital reduction - in specie distribution

      —      —    

Make good credit and rental adjustment

     101    —      —    

Net gain on disposal of CanTx, Inc.

     569    —      —    

Net fair value loss on convertible note derivative

     —      301    540  

Interest income accrued

     (1  —      —    

Imputed interest on convertible note

     —      68    223  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
     (11,265  (6,857  (6,183

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

     15    (85  344  

Decrease/(increase) in income tax refund due

     (4  3    (3

(Increase) in prepayments

     (307  (59  (67

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

     (328  1,360    (54

(Decrease)/increase in derivative liabilities

     —      (173  173  

(Decrease) in deposit paid

     (62  —      —    

(Decrease)/increase in other provisions

     (29  51    81  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (11,980  (5,760  (5,709
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Payments for property, plant and equipment

   16     (522  (97  (27

Payments for intangibles

   17     (3  —      —    

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     3    8    —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (522  (89  (27
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The above statements of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notesnotes.

Statement of cash flows (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2016

   Note   2016
A$’000
  2015
A$’000
  2014
A$’000
 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from issue of shares

   22     853    50,356    —    

Proceeds from borrowings

     —      —      5,500  

Share issue transaction costs

     (71  (2,941  —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

     782    47,415    5,500  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (11,720  41,566    (236

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year

     44,371    2,502    2,738  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

     802    303    —    
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year

   11     33,453    44,371    2,502  
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The above statements of cash flows should be read with the accompanying notes.

Notes to the financial statements

For the year ended 30 June 20132016

Note 1. General information

The financial report coversstatements cover the consolidated entity consisting of Novogen Limited and the entities itits subsidiaries controlled during the year. The financial report isstatements are presented in Australian dollars, which is Novogen Limited’s functional and presentation currency.

The financial report consists of the financial statements, notes to the financial statements and the directors’ declaration.

Novogen Limited is a listed public company limited by shares, incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its registered office and principal place of business is:

Level 15

16-20 Edgeworth David Avenue20 George Street

Hornsby NSW 2077

The principal business of Novogen Limited is that of a pharmaceutical drug development business.

The financial report wasstatements were authorised for issue, in accordance with a resolution of directors, on 3130 October 2013.2016. The directors have the power to amend and reissue the financial report.statements.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Note 1.Significant accounting policies

Note 2. Significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated

New, revised or amending Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted

The consolidated entity has adopted all of the new, revised or amending Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board that are mandatory in Australia for the current reporting period.

Any new, revised or amending Accounting Standards or Interpretations that are not yet mandatory have not been early adopted.

Any significant impact on the accounting policies of the consolidated entity from the adoption of these Accounting Standards and Interpretations are disclosed below. The adoption of these Accounting Standards and Interpretations did not have any significant impact on the financial performance or position of the consolidated entity.

The following Accounting Standard is most relevant to the consolidated entity:

IASB Standard - Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income (Amendments to IAS 1)

The consolidated entity has applied IAS 1 amendments from 1 July 2012. The amendments requires grouping together of items within other comprehensive income on the basis of whether they will eventually be ‘recycled’ to the profit or loss (reclassification adjustments). The change provides clarity about the nature of items presented as other comprehensive income and the related tax presentation. The amendments also introduced the term ‘Statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income’ clarifying that there are two discrete sections, the profit or loss section (or separate statement of profit or loss) and other comprehensive income section.

Going concern

The consolidated entity incurred a loss after income tax of A$785,000 (2012:12,155,000 (2015: A$1,350,000; 2011:7,306,000 and 2014: A$9,479,0007,569,000) and had net cash outflows from operating activities of A$8,795,000 (2012:11,980,000 (2015: A$7,349,000; 2011:5,760,000 and 2014: A$8,703,000)5,709,000) for the year ended 30 June 2013.2016, and was in a net current asset position of $32,658,000 (2015: net current asset position of $42,871,000) as at 30 June 2016.

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates continuity of normal activities and realisation of assets and settlement of liabilities in the normal course of business. As is often the case with development companies, the ability of the consolidated entity to continue its development activities as a going concern including paying its debts as and when due, is dependent upon it deriving sufficient cash from investors and revenues.

Going concern is dependent upon the:

convertible note holders extinguishing their liability dueAs at 30 June 2016 the consolidated entity had cash in December 2013 by providing an election to convert their debt into ordinary shares, rather than receiving cash settlementhand and at bank including short term deposits of A$1,500,000;33,453,000 (2015: A$44,371,000).

shareholders approving the Hudson Bay transaction, and its settlement in shares rather than cash; and

abilityThe business of the consolidated entity is drug discovery based on research and development. The extent of this activity is dependent directly on the level of available funds and on the capacity to draw downcontinue to raise further funds from Hudson Bay to fundas the operations ofResearch and Development (‘R&D’) activity proceeds.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

As at 30 June 2016, the consolidated entity overhad 73,915,001 options on issue, with various exercise prices and maturity dates.

The cash at bank available at 30 June 2016 provides enough funds to allow 3 lead drug candidates to start a phase 1 clinical trial. Notwithstanding any proceeds received from the following years.

The directors arenew shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the opinion that the above requirements will be satisfied and accordingly have prepared the financial statements on a going concern basis. Should the above transactions or assumptions not materialise, there is substantial doubt whetheroptions, the consolidated entity will continue as a going concern and therefore whether it will realise its assets and extinguish its liabilities inis well funded to advance the normal course of business and atcurrent platforms over the amounts stated in these financial statements.next 2 years.

Basis of preparation

These financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’).

Historical cost convention

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for derivative financial instruments.instruments and available-for-sale financial assets, which are at fair value.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the consolidated entity’s and parent entity’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.3.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Novogen Limited (‘company’Company’ or ‘parent entity’) as at 30 June 20132016 and the results of all subsidiaries for the year then ended. Novogen Limited and its subsidiaries together are referred to in these financial statements as the ‘consolidated entity’.

Subsidiaries are all those entities over which the consolidated entity has control. The consolidated entity controls an entity when the consolidated entity is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to governdirect the financial and operating policies, generally accompanying a shareholding of more than one-halfactivities of the voting rights. The effects of potential exercisable voting rights are considered when assessing whether control exists.entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the consolidated entity. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between entities in the consolidated entity are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the consolidated entity.

The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Refer to the ‘business combinations’ accounting policy for further details. A change in ownership interest, without the loss of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction, where the difference between the consideration transferred and the book value of the share of the non-controlling interest acquired is recognised directly in equity attributable to the parent.

Non-controlling interest in the results and equity of subsidiaries are shown separately in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, statement of financial position and statement of changes in equity of the consolidated entity. Losses incurred by the consolidated entity are attributed to the non-controlling interest in full, even if that results in a deficit balance.

Where the consolidated entity loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets including goodwill, liabilities and non-controlling interest in the subsidiary together with any cumulative translation differences recognised in equity. The consolidated entity recognises the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any investment retained together with any gain or loss in profit or loss.

Operating segments

Operating segments are presented using the ‘management approach’, where the information presented is on the same basis as the internal reports provided to the Chief Operating Decision Makers (‘CODM’). The CODM is responsible for the allocation of resources to operating segments and assessing their performance.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Foreign currency translation

The financial report isstatements are presented in Australian dollars, which is Novogen Limited’s functional and presentation currency.

Foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency transactions are translated into Australian dollars using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at financial year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss.

Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using the exchange rates at the reporting date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using the weighted average exchange rates, which approximate the rate at the date of the transaction, for the period. TheAll resulting foreign exchange differences arising onare recognised in other comprehensive income through the retranslation of overseas operations which have a functionalforeign currency of Australian dollars are taken directly to the profit or loss. The exchange differences arising on the retranslation of overseas operations which have a functional currency that is not Australian dollars are taken directly to a separate component of equity (foreign currency translation reserve).reserve in equity.

The foreign currency translation reserve is recognised in profit or loss when the foreign operation or net investment is disposed of.

Exchange differences arising on a monetary item that forms part of a reporting entity’s net investment in a foreign operationshall be recognised initially in other comprehensive income and reclassified from equity to profit or loss on disposal of the net investment.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefit will flow to the consolidated entity and the revenue can be reliably measured. In determining the economic benefits, provisions are made for certain trade discounts and returned goods. The following specific recognition criteria must also be met:

Sale of goods

Revenue from sale of goods is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer and can be measured reliably. Risks and rewards are considered passed to the buyer when the goods have been dispatched to a customer pursuant to a sales order and invoice. Net sales represent product shipped less actual and estimated future returns, and slotting fees, rebates and other trade discounts accounted for as reductions of revenue.

Estimates and allowances are based upon known claims and an estimate of additional returns. In order to calculate estimates, management regularly monitor historical patterns of returns from, and discounts to, individual customers.

Interest

Interest revenue is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest method. This is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset and allocating the interest income over the relevant period using the effective interest rate, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

Dividends

Dividend revenue is recognised when the right to receive the payment is established.

Royalties

Royalty revenue is recognised on an accruals basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements.

Other revenue

Other revenue is recognised when it is received or when the right to receive payment is established.

Income tax

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognised for prior periods, where applicable.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of recognised and unrecognised deferred tax assets are reviewed each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognised are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognised deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entity’sentities which intend to settle simultaneously.

The R&D Tax Incentive is an Australian government run program which helps to offset some of the costs of R&D. Annually, the consolidated entity claims a refundable tax offset and has disclosed this as other income in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. The group currently accounts for R&D Tax Incentive on a cash basis due to the difficulty of making reasonable estimation as at year end.

Novogen Limited (the ‘head entity’) and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have formed an income tax consolidated group under the Australian tax consolidation regime. Novogen Limited as the head entity discloses all of the deferred tax assets of the tax consolidated group in relation to tax losses carried forward (after elimination of inter-group transactions). The tax consolidated group has applied the ‘separate taxpayer in the group’ allocation approach in determining the appropriate amount of taxes to allocate to members of the tax consolidated group.

As the tax consolidation group continues to generate tax losses there has been no reason for the companyCompany to enter a tax funding agreement with members of the tax consolidation group.

Discontinued operationsCurrent and non-current classification

A discontinued operation is a component of the consolidated entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for saleAssets and that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operationsliabilities are presented separately on the face ofin the statement of profitfinancial position based on current and non-current classification.

An asset is current when: it is expected to be realised or loss andintended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realised within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other comprehensive income.

Discontinued operations are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This conditionnon-current.

A liability is regarded as met only when the salecurrent when: it is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualifybe settled in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for recognitionthe purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.

non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are always classified as non-current.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any provision for impairment. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30 to 60 days.

Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectable are written off by reducing the carrying amount directly. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is raised when there is objective evidence that the consolidated entity will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation and default or delinquency in payments (more than 120 days overdue) are considered indicators that the trade receivable may be impaired. The amount of the impairment allowance is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. Cash flows relating to short-term receivables are not discounted if the effect of discounting is immaterial.

Other receivables are recognised at amortised cost, less any provision for impairment.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Investments and other financial assets

Investments and other financial assets are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs are included as part of the initial measurement, except for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. They are subsequently measured at either amortised cost or fair value depending on their classification. Classification is determined based on the purpose of the acquisition and subsequent reclassification to other categories is restricted. The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. For unlisted investments, the consolidated entity establishes fair value by using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same, discounted cash flow analysis, and option pricing models.

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the consolidated entity has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised or impaired.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets, principally equity securities, that are either designated as available-for-sale or not classified as any other category. After initial recognition, fair value movements are recognised in other comprehensive income through the available-for-sale reserve in equity. Cumulative gain or loss previously reported in the available-for-sale reserve is recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised or impaired.

Impairment of financial assets

The consolidated entity assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. Objective evidence includes significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor; a breach of contract such as default or delinquency in payments; the lender granting to a borrower concessions due to economic or legal reasons that the lender would not otherwise do; it becomes probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation; the disappearance of an active market for the financial asset; or observable data indicating that there is a measurable decrease in estimated future cash flows.

The amount of the impairment allowance for loans and receivables carried at amortised cost is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. If there is a reversal of impairment, the reversal cannot exceed the amortised cost that would have been recognised had the impairment not been made and is reversed to profit or loss.

Available-for-sale financial assets are considered impaired when there has been a significant or prolonged decline in value below initial cost. Subsequent increments in value are recognised in other comprehensive income through the available-for-sale reserve.

Property, plant and equipment

Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write off the net cost of each item of property, plant and equipment over their expected useful lives as follows:from 2.5 to 10 years.

Leasehold improvements and plant and equipment under lease are depreciated over the 9-year period of the lease (including options to extend) or the estimated useful life of the assets, whichever is shorter.

Leasehold improvementsThe lease term
Plant and equipment2.5 to 10 years

The residual values, useful lives and depreciation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date.

Leasehold improvements and plant and equipment under lease are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets, whichever is shorter.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when there is no future economic benefit to the consolidated entity. Gains and losses between the carrying amount and the disposal proceeds are taken to profit or loss.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Research and development

Expenditure during the research phase of a project is recognised as an expense when incurred. Development costs are capitalised only when technical feasibility studies identify that the project will deliver future economic benefits and these benefits can be measured reliably.

Leases

The determination of whether an arrangement is or contains a lease is based on the substance of the arrangement and requires an assessment of whether the fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset.

A distinction is made between finance leases, which effectively transfer from the lessor to the lessee substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of leased assets, and operating leases, under which the lessor effectively retains substantially all such risks and benefits.

Finance leases are capitalised. A lease asset and liability are established at the fair value of the leased assets, or if lower, the present value of minimum lease payments. Lease payments are allocated between the principal component of the lease liability and the finance costs, so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

Leased assets acquired under a finance lease are depreciated over the asset’s useful life or over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the consolidated entity will obtain ownership at the end of the lease term.

Operating lease payments, net of any incentives received from the lessor, are charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination, other than goodwill, are initially measured at their fair value at the date of the acquisition. Intangible assets acquired separately are initially recognised at cost. Indefinite life intangible assets are not amortised and are subsequently measured at cost less any impairment. Finite life intangible assets are subsequently measured at cost less amortisation and any impairment. The gains or losses recognised in profit or loss arising from the derecognition of intangible assets are measured as the difference between net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the intangible asset. The method and useful lives of finite life intangible assets are reviewed annually. Changes in the expected pattern of consumption or useful life are accounted for prospectively by changing the amortisation method or period.

Patents and intellectual property

Significant costs associated with patents and intellectual property are deferred and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected benefit, being their finite useful life of 5five years.

Software

Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write off the net cost of each item of software over their expected useful lives from 2.5 to 10 years.

Impairment of non-financial assets

Other non-financialNon-financial assets with finite useful lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

Recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sellof disposal and value-in-use. The value-in-use is the present value of the estimated future cash flows relating to the asset using a pre-tax discount rate specific to the asset or cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Assets that do not have independent cash flows are grouped together to form a cash-generating unit.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Trade and other payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the consolidated entity prior to the end of the financial year and which are unpaid. Due to their short-term nature they are measured at amortised cost and are not discounted. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Borrowings

Loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, net of transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Where there is an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date, the loans or borrowings are classified as non-current.

Compound financial instruments

Compound financial instruments issued by the consolidated entity comprise convertible notes that can be converted to share capital at the option of the holder, and the number of shares does not vary with changes in fair value. The liability component of a financial liability is recognised at the fair value of a similar liability that does not have an equity conversion option. The equity component is recognised initially at the difference between the fair value of the compound financial instrument as a whole and the fair value of the liability component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability and equity components in proportion to their initial carrying amounts.

Subsequent to initial recognition, the liability component of a compound financial instrument is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, whereas the equity component is not remeasured. Interest, gains and losses relating to the financial liability are recognised in profit or loss. On conversion, the financial liability is reclassified to equity; no gain or loss is recognised on conversion.

Finance costs

Finance costs attributable to qualifying assets are capitalised as part of the asset. All other finance costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred, including:

including interest on short-term and long-term borrowingsborrowings.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the consolidated entity has a present (legal or constructive) obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable the consolidated entity will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. If the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate specific to the liability. The increase in the provision resulting from the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Employee benefits

Wages and salaries and annual leaveShort-term employee benefits

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave and annuallong service leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are recognised in current liabilities in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

Long service leaveOther long-term employee benefits

The liability for annual leave and long service leave is recognised in current and non-current liabilities, depending on the unconditional rightnot expected to defer settlementbe settled within 12 months of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date. The liabilitydate is measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Defined contribution superannuation expense

Contributions to defined contribution superannuation plans are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The consolidated entity recognises termination benefits when they are demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without the possibility of withdrawing or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.

Share-based payments

Equity-settled share-based compensation benefits are provided to employees under the terms of the Employee Share Option Plan (‘ESOP’) and MEI Pharma, Inc. plans and consultants as compensation for services performed.

Equity-settled transactions are awards of shares, or options over shares, that are provided to employees in exchange for the rendering of services.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

The cost of equity-settled transactions are measured at fair value on grant date. Fair value is independently determined using the Binomial option pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the option, together with non-vesting conditions that do not determine whether the consolidated entity receives the services that entitle the employees to receive payment. No account is taken of any other vesting conditions.

The cost of equity-settled transactions are recognised as an expense with a corresponding increase in equity over the vesting period. The cumulative charge to profit or loss is calculated based on the grant date fair value of the award, the best estimate of the number of awards that are likely to vest and the expired portion of the vesting period. The amount recognised in profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount calculated at each reporting date less amounts already recognised in previous periods.

Equity-settled awardsduring the vesting period, the liability at each reporting date is the fair value of the award at that date multiplied by the parent to employeesexpired portion of subsidiaries are recognised in the parent’s individual financial statements as an increase in investment investing period.

from the subsidiary with a corresponding credit to equity and not as a charge to profit or loss. The investment in subsidiaryend of the vesting period until settlement of the award, the liability is reduced by any contribution by the subsidiary.full fair value of the liability at the reporting date.

Market conditions are taken into consideration in determining fair value. Therefore, any awards subject to market conditions are considered to vest irrespective of whether or not that market condition has been met, provided all other conditions are satisfied.

If equity-settled awards are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the modification has not been made. An additional expense is recognised, over the remaining vesting period, for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based compensation benefit as at the date of modification.

If the non-vesting condition is within the control of the consolidated entity or employee, the failure to satisfy the condition is treated as a cancellation. If the condition is not within the control of the consolidated entity or employee and is not satisfied during the vesting period, any remaining expense for the award is recognised over the remaining vesting period, unless the award is forfeited.

If equity-settled awards are cancelled, it is treated as if it has vested on the date of cancellation, and any remaining expense is recognised immediately. If a new replacement award is substituted for the cancelled award, the cancelled and new award is treated as if they were a modification.

Contributed equityFair value measurement

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming they act in their economic best interest. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are classified, into three levels, using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. Classifications are reviewed each reporting date and transfers between levels are determined based on a reassessment of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

For recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements, external valuers may be used when internal expertise is either not available or when the valuation is deemed to be significant. External valuers are selected based on market knowledge and reputation. Where there is a significant change in fair value of an asset or liability from one period to another, an analysis is undertaken, which includes a verification of the major inputs applied in the latest valuation and a comparison, where applicable, with external sources of data.

Issued capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Deferred offering costs

Where costs associated with a capital raising have been incurred at the end of the reporting period and it is probable that the capital raising will be successfully completed after the end of the reporting period, such costs are deferred and offset against the proceeds subsequently received from the capital raising.

Dividends

Dividends are recognised when declared during the financial year and no longer at the discretion of the company.

Business combinations

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired.

The consideration transferred is the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of the assets transferred, equity instruments issued or liabilities incurred by the acquirer to former owners of the acquiree and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. For each business combination, the non-controlling interest in the acquiree is measured at either fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. All acquisition costs are expensed as incurred to profit or loss.

On the acquisition of a business, the consolidated entity assesses the financial assets acquired and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic conditions, the consolidated entity’s operating or accounting policies and other pertinent conditions in existence at the acquisition-date.

Where the business combination is achieved in stages, the consolidated entity remeasures its previously held equity interest in the acquiree at the acquisition-date fair value and the difference between the fair value and the previous carrying amount is recognised in profit or loss.

Contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer is recognised at the acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration classified as an asset or liability is recognised in profit or loss. Contingent consideration classified as equity is not remeasured and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

The difference between the acquisition-date fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the fair value of the consideration transferred and the fair value of any pre-existing investment in the acquiree is recognised as goodwill. If the consideration transferred and the pre-existing fair value is less than the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired, being a bargain purchase to the acquirer, the difference is recognised as a gain directly in profit or loss by the acquirer on the acquisition-date, but only after a reassessment of the identification and measurement of the net assets acquired, the non-controlling interest in the acquiree, if any, the consideration transferred and the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquirer.

Business combinations are initially accounted for on a provisional basis. The acquirer retrospectively adjusts the provisional amounts recognised and also recognises additional assets or liabilities during the measurement period, based on new information obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition-date. The measurement period ends on either the earlier of (i) 12 months from the date of the acquisition or (ii) when the acquirer receives all the information possible to determine fair value.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Goods and Services Tax (‘GST’) and other similar taxes

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the tax authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of the acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the tax authority is included in other receivables or other payables in the statement of financial position.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the tax authority, are presented as operating cash flows.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the tax authority.

Rounding of amounts

Amounts in this reportthese financial statements have been rounded off in accordance to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest dollar.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

New Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet mandatory or early adopted

International Financial ReportingAccounting Standards (‘IFRS’) and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet mandatory, have not been early adopted by the consolidated entity for the annual reporting period ended 30 June 2013.2016. The consolidated entity’s assessment of the impact of these new or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations, most relevant to the consolidated entity, are set out below.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and its consequential amendments

This standard and its consequential amendments are applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 20152018 and completes phasephases I and III of the IASB’s project to replace IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments:Recognition and Measurement’. This standard introduces new classification and measurement models for financial assets, using a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is measured at amortised cost or fair value. The accounting for financial liabilities continues to be classified and measured in accordance with IAS 39,139, with one exception, being that the portion of a change of fair value relating to the entity’s own credit risk is to be presented in other comprehensive income unless it would create an accounting mismatch. Chapter 6 ‘Hedge Accounting’ supersedes the general hedge accounting requirements in IAS 139 and provides a new simpler approach to hedge accounting that is intended to more closely align with risk management activities undertaken by entities when hedging financial and non-financial risks.

The consolidated entity will adopt this standard and the amendments from 1 July 20152018. The entity is yet to undertake a detailed assessment of the impact of IFRS 9. However, based on the entity’s preliminary assessment, the Standard is not expected to have a material impact on the transactions and balances recognised in the financial statements when it is first adopted for the year ending 30 June 2019.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

This standard is expected to be applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. The standard provides a single standard for revenue recognition. The core principle of the standard is that an entity will recognise revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard will require: contracts (either written, verbal or implied) to be identified, together with the separate performance obligations within the contract; determine the transaction price, adjusted for the time value of money excluding credit risk; allocation of the transaction price to the separate performance obligations on a basis of relative stand-alone selling price of each distinct good or service, or estimation approach if no distinct observable prices exist; and recognition of revenue when each performance obligation is satisfied. Credit risk will be presented separately as an expense rather than adjusted to revenue. For goods, the performance obligation would be satisfied when the customer obtains control of the goods. For services, the performance obligation is satisfied when the service has been provided, typically for promises to transfer services to customers. For performance obligations satisfied over time, an entity would select an appropriate measure of progress to determine how much revenue should be recognised as the performance obligation is satisfied. Contracts with customers will be presented in an entity’s statement of financial position as a contract liability, a contract asset, or a receivable, depending on the relationship between the entity’s performance and the customer’s payment. Sufficient quantitative and qualitative disclosure is required to enable users to understand the contracts with customers; the significant judgments made in applying the guidance to those contracts; and any assets recognised from the costs to obtain or fulfil a contract with a customer.

The consolidated entity will adopt this standard and the amendments from 1 July 2018 but the impact of its adoption is yet to be assessed by the consolidated entity.

Note 2. Significant accounting policies (continued)

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements16 Leases

This standard is applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013.2019. The standard hasreplaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’ and for lessees will eliminate the classifications of operating leases and finance leases. Subject to exceptions, a new definition‘right-of-use’ asset will be capitalised in the statement of ‘control’financial position, measured as the present value of the unavoidable future lease payments to be made over the lease term. The exceptions relate to short-term leases of 12 months or less and leases of low-value assets (such as personal computers and small office furniture) where an accounting policy choice exists whereby either a ‘right-of-use’ asset is recognised or lease payments are expensed to profit or loss as incurred. A liability corresponding to the capitalised lease will also be recognised, adjusted for lease prepayments, lease incentives received, initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of any future restoration, removal or dismantling costs. Straight-line operating lease expense recognition will be replaced with a depreciation charge for the leased asset (included in operating costs) and an interest expense on the recognised lease liability (included in finance costs). Control existsIn the earlier periods of the lease, the expenses associated with the lease under IFRS 16 will be higher when compared to lease expenses under IAS 17. However, EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation) results will be improved as the reportingoperating expense is replaced by interest expense and depreciation in profit or loss under IFRS 16. For classification within the statement of cash flows, the lease payments will be separated into both a principal (financing activities) and interest (either operating or financing activities) component. For lessor accounting, the standard does not substantially change how a lessor accounts for leases. The entity is exposed, or hasyet to undertake a detailed assessment of the rights, to variable returns (e.g. dividends, remuneration, returns that are not available to other interest holders including losses) from its involvement with another entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its ‘power’ over that other entity. A reporting entity has power when it has rights (e.g. voting rights, potential voting rights, rights to appoint key management, decision making rights, kick out rights) that give it the current ability to direct the activities that significantly affect the investee’s returns (e.g. operating policies, capital decisions, appointmentimpact of key management). The consolidated entity will not only have to consider its holdings and rights but also the holdings and rights of other shareholders in order to determine whether it has the necessary power for consolidation purposes. The adoption of this standard from 1 July 2013 will not have an impactIFRS 16. However, based on the consolidated entity.

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements

This standardentity’s preliminary assessment, the Standard is applicablenot expected to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The standard defines which entities qualify as joint ventures and removes the option to account for joint ventures using proportional consolidation. Joint ventures, where the parties to the agreement have the rights to the net assets will use equity accounting. Joint operations, where the parties to the agreements have the rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities will account for the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses separately, in accordance with the standards applicable to the particular assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The adoption of this standard from 1 July 2013 will not have a material impact on the consolidated entity.

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Intereststransactions and balances recognised in Other Entities

This standardthe financial statements when it is applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. It contains the entire disclosure requirement associated with other entities, being subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures. The disclosure requirements have been significantly enhanced when compared to the disclosures previously located in IAS 27 ‘Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements’, IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates’, IAS 31 ‘Interests in Joint Ventures’ and IFRIC Interpretation 12 ‘Consolidation - Special Purpose Entities’. The adoption of this standard from 1 July 2013 will significantly increase the amount of disclosures required to be given by the consolidated entity such as significant judgements and assumptions made in determining whether it has a controlling or non-controlling interest in another entity and the type of non-controlling interest and the nature and risks involved.

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement

This standard and its consequential amendments are applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The standard provides a single robust measurement framework, with clear measurement objectives, for measuring fair value using the ‘exit price’ and it provides guidance on measuring fair value when a market becomes less active. The ‘highest and best use’ approach would be used to measure assets whereas liabilities would be based on transfer value. As the standard does not introduce any new requirementsfirst adopted for the use of fair value, its impact on adoption by the consolidated entity from 1 July 2013 should be minimal, although there will be increased disclosures where fair value is used.year ending 30 June 2020.

IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (Revised)

IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (Reissued)

These standards are applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. They have been modified to remove specific guidance that is now contained in IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12. The adoption of these revised standards from 1 July 2013 will not have a material impact on the consolidated entity.

IAS 19 Employee Benefits (September 2011)

This revised standard and its consequential amendments are applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The amendments make changes to the accounting for defined benefit plans and the definition of short-term employee benefits, from ‘due to’ to ‘expected to’ be settled within 12 months. The later will require annual leave that is not expected to be wholly settled within 12 months to be discounted allowing for expected salary levels in the future period when the leave is expected to be taken. The adoption of the revised standard from 1 July 2013 will not have a material impact on the consolidated entity.

Disclosures - Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 7)

The amendments are applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The disclosure requirements of IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ (and consequential amendments to IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’) have been enhanced to provide users of financial statements with information about netting arrangements, including rights of set-off related to an entity’s financial instruments and the effects of such rights on its statement of financial position. The adoption of the amendments from 1 July 2013 will increase the disclosures by the consolidated entity.

Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IAS 32)

The amendments are applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014. The amendments add application guidance to address inconsistencies in the application of the offsetting criteria in IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’, by clarifying the meaning of “currently has a legally enforceable right of set-off”; and clarifies that some gross settlement systems may be considered to be equivalent to net settlement. The adoption of the amendments from 1 July 2014 will not have a material impact on the consolidated entity.

Annual Improvements 2009-2011 Cycle

The amendments are applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. The amendments affect five Accounting Standards as follows: Confirmation that repeat application of IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of IFRSs’ is permitted; Clarification of borrowing cost exemption in IFRS 1; Clarification of the comparative information requirements when an entity provides an optional third column or is required to present a third statement of financial position in accordance with IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’; Clarification that servicing of equipment is covered by IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’, if such equipment is used for more than one period; clarification that the tax effect of distributions to holders of equity instruments and equity transaction costs in IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Presentation’ should be accounted for in accordance with IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’; and clarification of the financial reporting requirements in IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’ and the disclosure requirements of segment assets and liabilities. The adoption of the amendments from 1 July 2013 will not have a material impact on the consolidated entity.

Consolidated Financial Statements, Joint Arrangements and Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: Transition Guidance (Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and IFRS 12)

These amendments are applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013. They amend IFRS 10 and related standards for the transition guidance relevant to the initial application of those standards. The amendments clarify the circumstances in which adjustments to an entity’s previous accounting for its involvement with other entities are required and the timing of such adjustments. The adoption of these amendments will not have a material impact on the consolidated entity.

Recoverable Amount Disclosures for Non-Financial Assets (Amendments to IAS 36)

The amendments are applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014. The disclosure requirements of IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’ have been enhanced to require additional information about the fair value measurement when the recoverable amount of impaired assets is based on fair value less costs of disposals. Additionally, if measured using a present value technique, the discount rate is required to be disclosed. The adoption of the amendments from 1 July 2014 may increase the disclosures by the consolidated entity.

Note 2.3. Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Management continually evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements, estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on other various factors, including expectations of future events, management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The resulting accounting judgements and estimates will seldom equal the related actual results. The judgements, estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities (refer to the respective notes) within the next financial year are discussed below.

Research and development expenses

The directors do not consider the development programs to be sufficiently advanced to reliably determine the economic benefits and technical feasibility to justify capitalisation of development costs. These costs have been recognised as an expense when incurred.

Research and development expenses relate primarily to the cost of conducting human clinical and pre-clinical trials. Clinical development costs are a significant component of research and development expenses. Estimates have been used in determining the expense liability under certain clinical trial contracts where services have been performed but not yet invoiced. Generally, the costs, and therefore estimates, associated with clinical trial contracts are based on the number of patients, drug administration cycles, the type of treatment and the outcome being measured. The length of time before actual amounts can be determined will vary depending on length of the patient cycles and the timing of the invoices by the clinical trial partners.

Clinical trial expenses

Estimates have been used in determining the expense liability under certain clinical trial contracts where services have been performed but not yet invoiced.

Note 3. Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions (continued)

Share-based payment transactions

The consolidated entity measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using the Binomial model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based payments would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period but may impact profit or loss and equity.

Impairment of non-financial assetsFair value measurement hierarchy

The consolidated entity assesses impairmentis required to classify all assets and liabilities, measured at fair value, using a three level hierarchy, based on the lowest level of non-financialinput that is significant to the entire fair value measurement, being: Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specificthe measurement date; Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Considerable judgement is required to determine what is significant to fair value and therefore which category the asset or liability is placed in can be subjective.

Research and development tax rebate

No accrual estimate has been made in relation to the R&D tax rebate as there is uncertainty around the value that will be received and as such the amount cannot be quantified reliably.

Recovery of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences only if the consolidated entity considers it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and to the particular asset that may lead to impairment. If an impairment trigger exists, the recoverable amountlosses.

Net investment in foreign operations

In management’s view, repayment of the assetNovogen, Inc. intercompany loan, which has been merged into Novogen North America, Inc., is determined. This involves fair value less costsneither planned nor likely to selloccur in the foreseeable future, thus it has been treated as a net investment in foreign operations. Exchange differences arising on a monetary item that forms part of the net investment in a foreign operation is recognised initially in other comprehensive income and reclassified from equity to profit or value-in-use calculations, which incorporate a numberloss on disposal of key estimates and assumptions.the net investment.

Note 4. Restatement of comparatives

Business combinationsReclassification

As discussedComparative information in note 1, business combinations are initially accountedthe profit of loss statement has been restated to correct an error in classification of expenses. The profit and loss for onthe year ended 30 June 2014 included salary and related general expenses of scientists totalling $852,621 in general and administrative expenses. These expenses have been reclassified from general and administrative expenses to research and development expenses. The restatement is to reflect the nature of expense in a provisional basis. The fair value of assets acquired, liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed are initially estimated bymore accurate manner. A third balance sheet has not been presented as the consolidated entity taking into consideration all available information at the reporting date. Fair value adjustments on the finalisation of the business combination accounting is retrospective, where applicable, to the period the combination occurred and may have anreclassification has no impact on the assets and liabilities, depreciation and amortisation reported.financial results for the year ended 30 June 2014 or the closing financial position at that date.

Note 3.Operating segments

Note 5. Operating segments

Identification of reportable operating segments

The consolidated entity’s operating segment is based on the internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Board of Directors (being the Chief Operating Decision Makers (‘CODM’)) in assessing performance and in determining the allocation of resources.

Following the discontinued operations of the Oncology Drug Program and Wound Healing sectors in the current year and the consumer business in the prior year, theThe consolidated entity now operates in the Drugpharmaceutical research and development business. There are no operating segments for which discrete financial information exists.

The information reported to the CODM, on at least a monthly basis, is the consolidated results as shown in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and statement of financial position.

Comparative information has been restated in line with the current operating segment.

Major customers

During the yearyears ended 30 June 2013, following the business disposals,2016, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014 there were no major customers (2012: 23%; 2011: 22%).customers.

Geographical informationNote 6. Revenue

 

       Sales to external customers   

Geographical

non-current assets

 
   2013   2012   2011   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Australia

   —       711     3,188     2,543     1  

North America

   —       171     1,778     —       26  

South America

   —       —       2,905     —       —    

Europe

   —       87     2,367     —       —    

Asia

   —       12     419     —       —    

Other

   —       6     186     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   —       987     10,843     2,543     27  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2016   2015   2014 
   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

From continuing operations

      
Sales revenue      

Bank interest

   406     89     87  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   406     89     87  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue from continuing operations

   406     89     87  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The geographical non-current assets above are exclusive of, where applicable, financial instruments, deferred tax assets, post-employment benefits assets and rights under insurance contracts.Note 7. Other income

 

Note 4.Revenue
   2016   2015   2014 
   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

Net foreign exchange gain

   781     1,116     —    

Payroll tax rebate

   18     8     —    

Research and development rebate

   2,866     1,538     342  

Subsidies and grants

   —       91     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income

   3,665     2,753     342  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 8. Expenses

 

   2013   2012   2011 
   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000 

From continuing operations

      

Bank interest

   45     248     144  

Royalties

   1,067     1,162     1,714  

Dividends

   —       37     165  

Other

   —       —       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue from continuing operations

   1,112     1,447     2,025  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2016   2015   2014 
   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

Loss before income tax from continuing operations includes the following specific expenses:

      
Depreciation      

Leasehold improvements

   30     —       —    

Property, plant and equipment

   43     5     2  

Total depreciation

   73     5     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Amortisation      

Patents and intellectual property

   570     571     570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortisation

   643     575     572  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Finance costs      

Interest and finance charges paid/payable

   —       1     492  

Imputed interest on convertible note

   —       68     223  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs expensed

   —       69     715  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Rental expense relating to operating leases      

Minimum lease payments

   280     98     64  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Superannuation expense

      

Defined contribution superannuation expense

   209     147     88  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Employee benefits expense excluding superannuation      

Employee benefits expense excluding superannuation

   2,828     2,105     1,437  

Note 5.Other income

   2013   2012   2011 
   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Net gain on fair value of derivative liability

   —       728     —    

Net gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   —       —       265  

Net gain on disposal of investments

   —       199     —    

Gain on disposal of Glycotex

   462     —       —    

Glycotex sale of asset - Glucan Technology

   150     —       —    

Other income

   6     —       32  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income

   618     927     297  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 6.Expenses

   2013   2012   2011 
   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Loss before income tax from continuing operations includes the following specific expenses:

      

Depreciation

      

Property, plant and equipment

   2     5     63  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortisation

      

Patents and intellectual property

   320     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortisation

   322     5     63  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs

      

Interest and finance charges paid/payable

   —       —       18  

Imputed interest on convertible note

   132     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs expensed

   132     —       18  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Rental expense relating to operating leases

      

Minimum lease payments

   40     12     75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Superannuation expense

      

Defined contribution superannuation expense

   64     7     337  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based payments expense

      

Share-based payments expense

   —       88     164  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employee benefits expense excluding superannuation

      

Employee benefits expense excluding superannuation

   1,185     668     2,980  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Write off of assets

      

Plant and equipment

   —       9     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Refer to note 8 for specific expenses relating to discontinued operations.

Note 7.Income tax expense

Note 9. Income tax expense

 

  2013 2012 2011   2016   2015   2014 
  A$‘000 A$‘000 A$‘000   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

Income tax expense

    

Current tax

   —      (1,098  (3,069

Tax losses and timing differences not recognised

   —      1,106    3,070  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Aggregate income tax expense

   —      8    1  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income tax expense is attributable to:

    

Profit from discontinued operations (note 8)

   —      8    1  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Aggregate income tax expense

   —      8    1  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense and tax at the statutory rate

          

Loss before income tax expense from continuing operations

   (1,508  (1,471  (5,339   (12,155   (7,306   (7,569

Profit/(loss) before income tax (expense)/benefit from discontinued operations

   723    129    (4,139

Profit before income tax expense from discontinued operations

   —       —       —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   (785  (1,342  (9,478   (12,155   (7,306   (7,569
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Tax at the statutory tax rate of 30%

   (236  (403  (2,843   (3,646   (2,192   (2,271

Tax effect amounts which are not deductible/(taxable) in calculating taxable income:

          

Non-deductible expenses

   55    159    23     1,353     772     1,205  

Derecognition of foreign currency reserve

   (3,754  —      —       —       —       —    

Research and development allowance

   —      —      (110

Sundry items

   —      5   

Other

   44     60     (178
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   (3,935  (239  (2,930   (2,249   (1,360   (1,244

Difference in overseas tax rates

   148    (859  (139     —       —    

Tax losses and timing differences not recognised

   3,787    1,106    3,070     2,249     1,360     1,244  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Income tax expense

   —      8    1     —       —       —    
  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Tax losses not recognised

    

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised

   51,804    31,200    59,118  
  

 

  

 

  

 

   2016   2015   2014 
  A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

Potential tax benefit @ 30%

   15,541    9,360    17,735  
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Tax losses not recognised

      

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised-Australia

   59,909     53,995     52,632  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Potential tax benefit @ 30%-Australia

   17,973     16,199     15,790  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised-US

   2,100     1,401     990  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Potential tax benefit @ 34%-US

   714     476     337  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Prior period tax adjustment disclosure due to adjustments not previously recognised

Prior period adjustments were made for the consolidated group as follows:

A$3,746,000 to the Australian tax losses

A$1,401,000 to the US tax losses

The above potential tax benefit foreffect reduces the Australian tax losses has not been recognisedof the consolidated group from A$57,740,000 reported in the statement of financial position. Theseprior year to A$53,995,000 for the year ending 30 June 2015 and reduce the Australian tax losses can only be utilised inof the future ifconsolidated group from A$54,872,000 to A$52,632,000. The effect also increases the continuityUS tax losses of ownership test is passed, or failing that, the same business test is passed.

consolidated group from A$nil to A$1,401,000 for the year ending 30 June 2015 and increase from A$nil to $A990,000 for the year ending 30 June 2014.

Note 8.Discontinued operations
Note 10. Losing control over a subsidiary during the reporting period

Description

On 27 November 2012,In May, 2016, the Board of Directors and Senior Management of the consolidated entity disposeddecided to conclude its funding of CanTx, Inc., the joint venture with Yale University. The decision was to wind up CanTx, Inc., and return all intellectual property licensed from Novogen Ltd to CanTx, Inc. back to Novogen, in accordance with the terms of the agreement between the companies. Consequently, the assets and liabilities allocatable to CanTx, Inc., were classified as a disposal group. Expenses, gains and losses relating to the loss of control of the subsidiary held during the period have been eliminated from profit and loss from the consolidated entity’s continuing operations and are shown in a single line item on the face of MEI Pharma,the statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income (see loss for the year from loss of control of the subsidiary held during the period). On 31st May, 2016, CanTx, Inc. (‘MEI’) and its subsidiary MEI Pharma Pty Limited in which it held majority ownership, via an in-specie distribution to its shareholders. MEI held the intellectual property originally developed by Novogen in the field of isoflavonoid drugs.was wound up.

On 1 August 2011, the consumer products business (‘CP’) was sold to Pharma Care Laboratories Pty Limited.

Financial information for the discontinued operationsCanTx, Inc., are set out as follows:

Financial performance informationCarrying amounts of assets and liabilities disposed

 

   2013  2012  2011 
   A$‘000  A$‘000  A$‘000 

Revenue - MEI

   3    163    215  

Revenue - CP

   —      1,032    11,353  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue

   3    1,195    11,568  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Research and development expense - MEI

   (2,291  (4,559  (3,770

Research and development expense - CP

   —      (654  (537

General and administrative expense - MEI

   (1,524  (2,366  (1,551

General and administrative expense - CP

   —      (975  (9,342

Depreciation and amortisation expense - MEI

   (14  (13  (13

Depreciation and amortisation expense - CP

   —      (5  (7

Share-based payments - MEI

   (402  (496  (487

Share-based payments - CP

   —      10    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   (4,231  (9,058  (15,707
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income tax expense

   (4,228  (7,863  (4,139

Income tax expense

   —      (8  (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss after income tax expense

   (4,228  (7,871  (4,140
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain on disposal before income tax - MEI

   4,951    —      —    

Net gain on disposal before income tax - CP

   —      7,992    —    

Income tax expense

   —      —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gain on disposal after income tax expense

   4,951    7,992    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense from discontinued operations

   723    121    (4,140
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flow information

   2013  2012   2011 
   A$‘000  A$‘000   A$‘000 

Net cash from/(used in) operating activities

   (4,179  2,469     1,013  

Net cash from/(used in) investing activities

   (2  7,992     52  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents from discontinued operations

   (4,181  10,461     1,065  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   2016   2015   2014 
   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

Cash and cash equivalents

   —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   —       —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

   1     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   1     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liabilities

   (1   —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Details of the disposal

 

   2013  2012  2011 
   A$‘000  A$‘000  A$‘000 

Total sale consideration

   6,386    9,500    —    

Derecognition of foreign currency reserve

   (12,514  —      —    

Derecognition of impairment provision

   11,079    —      —    

Termination costs

   —      (1,018  —    

Disposal costs

   —      (490  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gain on disposal before income tax

   4,951    7,992    —    

Income tax expense

   —      —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gain on disposal after income tax

   4,951    7,992    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2016   2015   2014 
   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

Carrying amount of net liabilities dispose

   1     —       —    

Derecognition of foreign currency reserve

   (178   —       —    

Derecognition of non-controlling interest

   (392   —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss on disposal before income tax

   (569   —       —    

Income tax expense

   —       —       —    

Loss on disposal after income tax

   (569   —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 9.

Note 11. Current assets - cash and cash equivalents

   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Cash at bank and on hand

   673     6,348  

Short-term deposits

   2,065     2,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2,738     8,348  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Novogen Limited has entered into a Deed of Set-off where it has agreed to hold a deposited sum with the bank of at least A$250,000 (2012: A$250,000) at all times as security for the multi-option facility. This amount is included in the short-term deposits and is not immediately available for use by the consolidated entity.

 

   2016   2015 
   A$’000   A$’000 

Cash at bank and on hand

   20,437     44,356  

Short-term deposits

   13,016     15  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   33,453     44,371  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Note 10.Current assets - trade and other receivables

Note 12. Current assets - trade and other receivables

 

  2013 2012   2016   2015 
  A$‘000 A$‘000   A$’000   A$’000 

Trade receivables

   181    321     235     228  

Less: Provision for impairment of receivables

   (181  (315   (226   (226
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 
   —      6     9     2  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Other receivables

   84    72     78     99  

Deposits held

   325    326     485     414  

Less: Provision for impairment of deposits held

   (373   (364
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 
   409    404     199     151  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

ReferDeposit held included a guarantee to note 26the value of €250,000 (A$373,000) for the “APO Trend” case. Please refer to Note 31 for further information on ‘deposits held’.

Impairment of receivables

The consolidated entity has recognised a recoveryloss of A$134,000 (2012:nil (2015: loss of A$306,000; 2011: loss A$9,000)2,000) in profit or loss in respect of impairment of receivables (excluding ‘deposits held’) for the year ended 30 June 2013, as amounts previously considered doubtful were recovered during the year.2016.

The ageing of the impaired receivables provided for above are as follows:

 

   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Over 60 days overdue

   181     315  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2016   2015 
   A$’000   A$’000 

Over 6 months overdue

   226     226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   226     226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Movements in the provision for impairment of receivables are as follows:

 

  2013 2012   2016   2015 
  A$‘000 A$‘000   A$’000   A$’000 

Opening balance

   315    9     226     226  

Additional provisions recognised

   —      306     —       —    

Unused amounts reversed

   (134  —    
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Closing balance

   181    315     226     226  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

PastNote 13. Current assets - income tax refund due but not impaired

Customers with balances past due but without provision for impairment of receivables amount to A$nil as at 30 June 2013 (A$7,000 as at 30 June 2012).

The consolidated entity did not consider a credit risk on the aggregate balances after reviewing credit terms of customers based on recent collection practices.

The ageing of the past due but not impaired receivables are as follows:

 

   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000 

1 to 30 days overdue

   —       7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   2016   2015 
   A$’000   A$’000 

Income tax refund due

   4     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Note 11.Current assets - other

Note 14. Current assets - other

 

   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Prepayments

   —       206  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   2016   2015 
   A$’000   A$’000 

Prepayments

   434     127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Note 12.Non-current assets - available-for-sale financial assets

Note 15. Non-current assets - available-for-sale financial assets

 

   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Listed ordinary shares

   59     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2016   2015 
   A$’000   A$’000 

Listed ordinary shares

   13     16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Refer to note 24Note 29 for further information on financial instruments.fair value measurement.

Note 13.Non-current assets - property, plant and equipment

Note 16. Non-current assets - property, plant and equipment

 

  2013 2012 
  A$‘000 A$‘000   2016   2015 
  A$’000   A$’000 

Leasehold improvements - at cost

   —      20     464     —    

Less: Accumulated depreciation

   —      (15   (30   —    
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 
   —      5     434     —    
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Plant and equipment - at cost

   50    84     217     153  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

   (38  (62   (59   (68
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 
   12    22     158     85  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 
   12    27     592     85  
  

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Reconciliations

Reconciliations of the written down values at the beginning and end of the current and previous financial year are set out below:

   Leasehold
improvement
A$’000
   Plant and
Equipment
A$’000
   Total
A$’000
 

Balance at 30 June 2014

   —       14     14  

Additions

   —       97     97  

Disposals

   —       (21   (21

Depreciation expense

   —       (5   (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2015

   —       85     85  

Additions

   465     120     585  

Disposals

   —       (5   (5

Depreciation expense

   (30   (43   (73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2016

   435     157     592  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 17. Non-current assets – intangibles

   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
 

Patents and intellectual property - at cost

   2,851     2,851  

Less: Accumulated amortisation

   (2,031   (1,461
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   820     1,390  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software – at cost

   2     —    

Less: Accumulated amortisation

   —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   2     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   822     1,390  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliations

Reconciliations of the written down values at the beginning and end of the current and previous financial year are set out below:

 

   Leasehold  Plant and    
   improvements  equipment  Total 
   A$‘000  A$‘000  A$‘000 

Balance at 1 July 2011

   13    54    67  

Additions

   —      1    1  

Disposals

   —      (16  (16

Exchange differences

   —      (2  (2

Depreciation expense

   (8  (15  (23
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2012

   5    22    27  

Additions

   —      10    10  

Additions through business combinations (note 29)

   —      2    2  

Disposals

   —      (4  (4

Impairment of assets

   (5  (2  (7

Depreciation expense

   —      (16  (16
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2013

   —      12    12  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Patents and
intellectual
property
A$’000
   Patents and
intellectual
property
A$’000
   Total
A$’000
 

Balance at 1 July 2014

   —       1,961     1,961  

Amortisation expense

   —       (571   (571
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2015

   —       1,390     1,390  

Additions

   2     —       2  

Amortisation expense

   —       (570   (570
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2016

   2     820     822  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 14.Non-current assets - intangibles

   2013  2012 
   A$‘000  A$‘000 

Patents and intellectual property - at cost

   2,851    —    

Less: Accumulated amortisation

   (320  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,531    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,531    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reconciliations

Reconciliations of the written down values at the beginning and end of the current and previous financial year are set out below:

   

Patents
and

IP
A$‘000

  Total
A$‘000
 

Balance at 1 July 2011

   —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2012

   —      —    

Additions through business combinations (note 29)

   2,851    2,851  

Amortisation expense

   (320  (320
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2013

   2,531    2,531  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Note 15.Current liabilities - trade and other payables

Note 18. Current liabilities - trade and other payables

 

  2013   2012 
  A$‘000   A$‘000   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
 

Trade payables

   181     831     512     766  

Accrued payables

   84     1,763     778     853  

Deferred royalty income

   —       1,081  

Lease incentive liability

   10    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   265     3,675     1,300     1,619  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Refer to note 24Note 28 for further information on financial instruments.

Note 16.Current liabilities - borrowings

   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Convertible notes payable

   1,416     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The convertible note has a principal value of A$1,500,000. On initial recognition the fair value of the debt component was A$1,284,000 and the equity proportion A$216,000. The convertible note is repayable on 5 December 2013 unless the parties to the convertible note complete an election before repayment date, to convert their debt into ordinary shares in accordance with the conversion outlined below. The convertible note may be exercised at the holders discretion as follows:

On completion of Phase 1a clinical trials:A$400,000 converted into 16,000,000 ordinary shares in the company
On receipt of Investigational New Drug approval from the US Food and Drug Administration:A$500,000 converted into 20,000,000 ordinary shares in the company
On completion of Phase II clinical trials:A$600,000 converted into 24,000,000 ordinary shares in the company

Note 17.Current liabilities - provisions

Note 19. Current liabilities - provisions

 

   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Employee benefits

   27     190  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
 

Employee benefits

   132     159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Note 18.

Note 20. Non-current liabilities - provisions

2016
A$’000
2015
A$’000

Lease make good

62—  

   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Employee benefits

   —       7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Note 21. Non-current liabilities - Trade and other payables

2016
A$’000
2015
A$’000

Liability for straight-lining

19—  

Lease incentive liability

73—  

92—  

Note 19.Equity - contributed equity

Note 22. Equity - contributed equity

 

   2013   2012   2013   2012 
   Shares   Shares   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Ordinary shares - fully paid

   138,276,033     103,805,676     137,663     199,026  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   

2016

Shares

   

2015

Shares

   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
 

Ordinary shares - fully paid

   429,733,982     423,116,465     191,301     190,404  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 22. Equity - contributed equity (continued)

Movements in ordinary share capital

 

Details  Date  No of shares   Issue price   A$‘000   Date  Shares   

Issue price

A$

   A$’000 

Balance

  1 July 2014   168,557,834       142,586  

Part conversion of convertible note tranche 2

  18 November 2014   242,719    $0.091     22  

Issue of shares

  18 November 2014   16,859,988    $0.110     1,855  

Part conversion of convertible note tranche 4

  20 November 2014   963,856    $0.076     73  

Part conversion of convertible note tranche 4

  5 December 2014   986,843    $0.072     71  

Issue of shares

  18 December 2014   46,900,800    $0.125     5,863  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  18 December 2014   45,455    $0.125     6  

Part conversion of convertible note tranche 4

  22 December 2014   2,666,667    $0.094     250  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  7 January 2015   100,000    $0.125     12  

Final conversion of convertible note tranche 4

  9 January 2015   9,266,667    $0.096     888  

Final conversion of convertible note tranche 2

  10 February 2015   326,087    $0.127     41  

Final conversion of convertible note tranche 3

  10 February 2015   3,260,870    $0.124     403  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  23 April 2015   4,000,000    $0.237     948  

Issue of Shares to US investors under PIPE

  24 April 2015   51,750,000    $0.300     15,525  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  13 Mar - 29 May 2015   47,110,841    $0.150     7,067  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  25 Feb - 3 June 2015   11,100,309    $0.125     1,388  

Issue of shares

  4 June - 5 June 2015   58,971,151    $0.300     17,691  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  30 June 2015   5,378    $0.300     2  

Issue of shares on exercise of options*

  30 June 2015   1,000    $0.400     —    

Share issue transaction costs (including share-based payments)

  30 June 2015   —       0.000     (4,287
    

 

     

 

 

Balance

  1 July 2011   102,125,894       194,295    30 June 2015   423,116,465       190,404  

Issue of shares

  13 April 2012   250,000    $0.091     23  

Issue of shares

  26 April 2012   1,407,282    $0.099     139  

Issue of shares

  5 June 2012   22,500    $0.099     2  

Gain arising on issue of shares by subsidiaries to outside shareholders

         4,567  
    

 

     

 

 

Balance

  30 June 2012   103,805,676       199,026  

Issue of shares on acquisition of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd

  5 December 2012   13,600,000    $0.090     1,224  

Issue of shares to fund Phase 1 of CS-6 program

  24 April 2013   14,425,150    $0.165     2,380  

Issue of shares under Share Purchase Plan

  28 May 2013   4,645,207    $0.170     790  

Issue of further shares on acquisition of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd

  28 June 2013   1,800,000    $0.090     162  

Less: Movement in disposal of subsidiary

         (65,762

Share issue costs

         (157

Issue of shares on exercise of options*

  24 July 2015   1,000     0.400     —    

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  24 July 2015   1,000,000     0.150     150  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  8 October 2015   109,309     0.125     14  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  23 November 2015   1,990,545     0.125     249  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  24 November 2015   3,514,370     0.125     439  

Issue of shares on exercise of options

  09 December 2015   2,293     0.300     1  

Share issue transaction costs (including share-based payments)

     —       0.000     (71

Share based payment fair value movement

     —       0.000     115  
    

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

 

Balance

  30 June 2013   138,276,033       137,663    30 June 2016   429,733,982       191,301  
    

 

     

 

     

 

     

 

 

*The actual amount paid is A$400, which has been rounded to nil inMovements in ordinary share capital”.

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the companyCompany in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. The fully paid ordinary shares have no par value and the companyCompany does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

On a show of hands every member present at a meeting in person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon a poll each share shall have one vote.

Share options

The company has an employee share option plan under which options to subscribe for the company’s shares have been granted to certain executive and other employees. Refer to note 33 for further information.

Share buy-back

There is no current on-market share buy-back.

Note 22. Equity - contributed equity (continued)

Capital risk management

The consolidated entity’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders and to maintain an optimum capital structure to reduce the cost of capital.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the consolidated entity may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

The capital structure of the consolidated entity consists of cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders. Operating globally, the consolidated entity develops specialty pharmaceutical products. The overall strategy of the consolidated entity is to continue its drug development programs, which depends on selling assets and raising additional equity.

The capital risk management policy remains unchanged from the 30 June 2012 Annual Report.prior year.

Note 23. Equity - Other contributed equity

 

   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
 

Convertible loan note - Triaxial

   1,716     1,716  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On 4 December 2014, the consolidated entity and the convertible note holder, former shareholders of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd (‘Triaxial’) signed an amendment to the Convertible Note Deed Poll (‘Deed’), signed on 4 November 2013. The Deed previously superseded a loan agreement between the consolidated entity and Triaxial. The amendment to the Deed extinguished the liability that originally arose from the provisions that allowed the redemption in cash of the value of the convertible note, under some specific circumstances. The liability originated in the loan agreement and was carried over to the original version of the Deed. The amendment allowed the consolidated entity to convert the liability attached to the transaction into equity.

The convertible note may be exercised at the holders’ discretion as follows:

on completion of Phase 1a clinical trial, which will occur upon the receipt by the consolidated entity of a signed study report: $400,000 converted into 16,000,000 ordinary shares in the consolidated entity;

on receipt of Investigational New Drug approval from the US Food and Drug Administration: $500,000 converted into 20,000,000 ordinary shares in the consolidated entity; and

on completion of Phase II clinical trial or achieving Breakthrough Designation. Completion will be deemed to occur upon the receipt by the consolidated entity of a signed study report or notification of the designation: $600,000 converted into 24,000,000 ordinary shares in the consolidated entity.

There is a possibility for an early conversion of the convertibles notes if a third party acquires more than 50% of the issued capital of the consolidated entity.

The previous annual report incorrectly stated that “The milestones listed above refer to any drug developed based on the super-benzopyran technology”. However, any drug developed by Novogen can trigger the milestones listed above. Moreover, the previous report referred to “trials” in relation to the milestone listed above, when in fact a single study can serve as a trigger for the relevant milestone.

On 14 September, 2016, the Company announced that it had reached a milestone which triggered the conversion of a portion of its convertible notes. 20,000,000 shares were issued to the convertible note holders.

Note 20.Equity - reserves

Note 24. Equity - reserves

 

  2013   2012   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
 
  A$‘000   A$‘000 

Available-for-sale reserve

   (45   (43

Foreign currency reserve

   —       (3,850   (136   (312

Convertible note reserve

   216     —       1,602     1,345  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   216     (3,850   1,421     990  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

   Foreign
currency
A$‘000
  Convertible
note
A$‘000
   Total
A$‘000
 

Balance at 1 July 2011

   (3,422  —       (3,422

Foreign currency translation

   (230  —       (230

Share of opening reserve transferred to minority interest due to issuance of shares by subsidiary

   (198  —       (198
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2012

   (3,850  —       (3,850

Foreign currency translation

   2,705      2,705  

Share premium

   —      216     216  

Transfer to retained earnings on disposal of subsidiaries

   1,145    —       1,145  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2013

   —      216     216  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Available-for-sale reserve

The reserve is used to recognise increments and decrements in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets.

Foreign currency reserve

The reserve is used to recognise exchange differences arising from translation of the financial statements of foreign operations to Australian dollars.

Convertible note reserve

The reserve is used to recognise the equity component of the compound financial instrument.

Share-based payments reserve

The reserve is used to recognise the value of equity benefits provided to employees and Directors as part of their remuneration, and other parties as part of their compensation for services.

Movements in reserves

Movements in each class of reserve during the current and previous financial year are set out below:

   

Share-based

payment
reserve
A$’000

  Available-
for-sale
A$’000
  Foreign
currency
A$’000
  Convertible
note
A$’000
  Total
A$’000
 

Balance at 30 June 2014

   —      (11  26    216    231  

Revaluation - gross

   1,528    —      —      —      1,528  

Transfer to equity on exercise of options

   (183  —      —      —      (183

Other comprehensive income

       —    

Foreign currency translation

   —      —      (338  —      (338

Loss on the revaluation of available for-sale financial assets

   —      (32  —      —      (32
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   —      (32  (338  —      (370

Reclass of Triaxial note to other contributed equity

   —      —      —      (216  (216
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2015

   1,345    (43  (312  —      990  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revaluation - gross

      

Transfer to equity on exercise of options

   (115  —      —      —      (115

Other comprehensive income

      

Foreign currency translation

   —      —      (1  —      (1

Loss on the revaluation of available for-sale financial assets

   —      (3  —      —      (3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

   —      (3  (1  —      (4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Share based payment expense

   372    —      —      —      372  

Derecognition of FCTR of CanTx, Inc.

   —      —      178    —      178  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
      
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at 30 June 2016

   1,602    (46  (135  —      1,421  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Note 21.Equity - accumulated losses

Note 25. Equity - accumulated losses

 

   2013  2012  2011 
   A$‘000  A$‘000  A$‘000 

Accumulated losses at the beginning of the financial year

   (191,700  (186,643  (191,451

Loss after income tax expense for the year

   (1,031  1,309    (6,498

Dividends paid (note 23)

   (24,775  —      —    

Transfer from issued capital

   65,763    —      —    

Transfer from foreign currency reserve

   (1,145  —      —    

Other adjustments attributable to minority interest, share-based payments and disposals

   19,050    (6,366  11,306  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated losses at the end of the financial year

   (133,838  (191,700  (186,643
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
   2014
A$’000
 

Accumulated losses at the beginning of the financial year

   (148,445   (141,306   (133,838

Loss after income tax expense for the year

   (12,062   (7,139   (7,468
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated losses at the end of the financial year

   (160,507   (148,445   (141,306
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 26. Equity - non-controlling interest

Note 22.2016
A$’000
Equity - non-controlling interest2015
A$’000

Issued capital

—  —  

Reserves

—  (35

Accumulated losses

—  (268

—  (303

   2013   2012 
   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Issued capital

   —       41,009  

Reserves

   —       (2,399

Accumulated losses

   —       (36,973
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   —       1,637  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 23.

Note 27. Equity - dividends

On 27 November 2012, a dividend of A$24,775,000 was paid via an in-specie distribution of shares in MEI Pharma, Inc. representing 23.87 cents per ordinary share.

There were no dividends paid, recommended or declared during the previous two financial years.year ended 30 June 2016, 30 June 2015 and 30 June 2014.

Note 24.Financial instruments

Note 28. Financial instruments

Financial risk management objectives

The consolidated entity’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The consolidated entity uses different methods to measure and manage the different types of risks to which it is exposed. These methods include monitoring the levels of exposure to interest rates and foreign exchange, ageing analysis and monitoring of specific credit allowances to manage credit risk, and, rolling cash flow forecasts to manage liquidity risk.

Market risk

Foreign currency risk

The consolidated entity operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the U.S.US dollar (‘USD’). Foreign exchange risk arises from future transactions and recognised assets and liabilities denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency and net investments in foreign operations.

As of 30 June 2013,2016, the consolidated entity did not hold derivative financial instruments in managing its foreign currency, however, the consolidated entity may from time to time enter into hedging arrangements where circumstances are deemed appropriate. Foreign subsidiaries with a functional currency of Australian Dollar (‘AUD’) have exposure to the local currency of these subsidiaries and any other currency these subsidiaries trade in. The functional currency of MEI and Glycotex is USD and these subsidiaries have exposure to AUD and any other currency these subsidiaries trade in.

The carrying amount of the consolidated entity’s and parent entity’s foreign currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at the reporting date was as follows:

 

  Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities 
  2013   2012   2013   2012   2016   2015   2016   2015 
  A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

US dollars

   12     122     —       2     15,314     20,006     702     521  

Euros

     309     —       —       —       1     5     1  

Pound Sterling

   —       —       —       10     20     —       59     —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   12     431     —       12     15,334     20,007     766     522  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The consolidated entity had net assets denominated in foreign currencies of A$12,00014,568,000 as at 30 June 2013 (2012:2016 (2015: net assets A$419,000 (assets A$431,000 less liabilities A$12,000)). Based on this exposure, had the Australian dollar weakened by 10%/strengthened by 10% (2012: weakened by 10%/strengthened by 10%) against these foreign currencies with all other variables held constant, the consolidated entity’s profit before tax for the year would have been A$1,000 lower/A$1,000 higher (2012:A$42,000 lower/A$42,000 higher) and equity would have been A$1,000 lower/A$1,000 higher (2012: A$42,000 lower/$42,000 higher). The percentage change is the expected overall volatility of the significant currencies, which is based on management’s assessment of reasonable possible fluctuations taking into consideration movements over the last 6 months each year and the spot rate at each reporting date. The actual foreign exchange loss for the year ended 30 June 2013 was A$2,705,000 (2012: gain of A$214,000)19,485,000).

Price risk

The consolidated entity is not exposed to any significant price risk.

Note 28. Financial instruments (continued)

Interest rate risk

The consolidated entity’s exposure to market interest rates relate primarily to the investments of cash balances.

The consolidated entity has cash reserves held primarily in Australian dollars and United States dollars and places funds on deposit with financial institutions for periods generally not exceeding three months.

As at the reporting date, the consolidated entity had the following exposure to variable interest rate risk:balances:

 

  2013   2012   2016   2015 
  

Weighted

average
interest rate

   Balance   Weighted
average
interest rate
   Balance   Weighted
average
interest rate
 Balance   Weighted
average
interest rate
 Balance 
  %   A$‘000   %   A$‘000   % A$’000   % A$’000 

Cash at bank and in hand

   0.25     673     0.25     6,349     0.31  20,437     0.86  44,356  

Short term deposits

   3.21     2,065     4.25     2,000     2.60  13,016     2.40  15  
    

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

 

Net exposure to cash flow interest rate risk

     2,738       8,349      33,453      44,371  
    

 

     

 

    

 

    

 

 

The consolidated entity has cash and cash equivalents totalling A$2,738,000 (2012:33,453,000 (2015: A$8,349,000)44,371,000). An official increase/decrease in interest rates of one hundred100 basis points (2012: one hundred)(2015: 100 basis points) would have ana favourable/adverse effect on profit before tax and equity of A$27,000 (2012:335,000 (2015: A$83,000444,000) per annum).annum. The percentage change is based on the expected volatility of interest rates using market data and analystsanalysts’ forecasts.

Credit risk

Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the consolidated entity. The consolidated entity is not exposed to significant credit risk on receivables.

The consolidated entity places its cash deposits with high credit quality financial institutions and by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any single counter-party. The consolidated entity is averse to principal loss and ensures the safety and preservation of its invested funds by limiting default risk, market risk, and reinvestment risk. The consolidated entity mitigates default risk by constantly positioning its portfolio to respond appropriately to a significant reduction in a credit rating of any financial institution.

The consolidated entity’s maximum exposures to credit risk at the end of the reporting period in relation to each class of recognised financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in the statement of financial position, the significant majority in Australia.

Concentration of credit risk

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the consolidated entity. The credit risk on liquid funds is limited as the counterpartiescounter parties are banks with high credit ratings.

Credit risk is managed by limiting the amount of credit exposure to any single counter-party for cash deposits.

Liquidity risk

The consolidated entity manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and available borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring actual and forecast cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities.

Note 28. Financial instruments (continued)

Remaining contractual maturities

Trade payables and other financial liabilities mainly arise from the financing of assets used in our ongoing operations such as plant and equipment and investments in working capital. These assets are considered in the consolidated entity’s overall liquidity risk.

The following tables detail the consolidated entity’s and parent entity’s remaining contractual maturity for its financial instrument liabilities. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the financial liabilities are required to be paid. The tables include both interest and principal cash flows disclosed as remaining contractual maturities and therefore these totals may differ from their carrying amount in the statement of financial position.

 

2013  

Weighted

average

interest rate

   1 year or less   

Between 1

and 2 years

   

Between 2

and 5 years

   Over 5 years   

Remaining

contractual

maturities

 
2016  

Weighted average
interest rate

%

   1 year or less
A$’000
   Between 1
and 2 years
A$’000
   

Between 2 and
5 years

A$’000

   Over 5
years
A$’000
   Remaining
contractual
maturities
A$’000
 
  %   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Non-derivatives

                        

Non-interest bearing

                        

Trade payables

   —       181     —       —       —       181     —       513     —       —       —       513  

Interest-bearing - fixed rate

            

Convertible notes payable

   1.00     1,515     —       —       —       1,515  

Accrued payables

   —       778     —       —       —       778  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total non-derivatives

     1,696     —       —       —       1,696       1,291     —       —       —       1,291  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
2012  

Weighted

average
interest rate

   1 year or less   

Between 1

and 2 years

   

Between 2

and 5 years

   Over 5 years   

Remaining

contractual

maturities

 
2015  

Weighted average
interest rate

%

   1 year or less
A$’000
   Between 1
and 2 years
A$’000
   

Between 2 and
5 years

A$’000

   Over 5
years
A$’000
   Remaining
contractual
maturities
A$’000
 
  %   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000 

Non-derivatives

                        

Non-interest bearing

                        

Trade payables

   —       831     —       —       —       831     —       765     —       —       —       765  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total non-derivatives

     831     —       —       —       831       765     —       —       —       765  
    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

The cash flows in the maturity analysis above are not expected to occur significantly earlier than contractually disclosed above.

Note 29. Fair value of financial instrumentsmeasurement

Fair value hierarchy

The following tables detail the consolidated entity’s assets and parent entity’sliabilities, measured or disclosed at fair valuesvalue, using a three level hierarchy, based on the lowest level of financial instruments categorised byinput that is significant to the following levels:entire fair value measurement, being:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within levelLevel 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices)

Level 3: InputsUnobservable inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

 

2013  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
  A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000   A$‘000 
2016  Level 1
A$’000
   Level 2
A$’000
   Level 3
A$’000
   Total
A$’000
 

Assets

                

Ordinary shares

   59     —       —       59     13     —       —       13  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total assets

   59     —       —       59     13     —       —       13  
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Unless otherwise stated,

Note 29. Fair value measurement (continued)

2015  Level 1
A$’000
   Level 2
A$’000
   Level 3
A$’000
   Total
A$’000
 

Assets

        

Ordinary shares

   16     —       —       16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   16     —       —       16  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no transfers between levels during the carrying amountsfinancial year.

Note 30. Remuneration of auditors

During the financial instruments reflect their fair value. The carrying amountsyear the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd, the auditor of trade receivables and trade payables are assumed to approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair value of financial liabilities is estimated by discounting the remaining contractual maturities at the current market interest rate that is available for similar financial instruments.

consolidated entity:

   Consolidated 
   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
   2014
A$’000
 

Audit services - Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd

      

Audit or review of the financial statements

   140     114     123  

F3 consent

   1     21    

Other services - Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd

      

Tax compliance services

   12     20     31  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   153     155     154  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Note 25.Key management personnel disclosures

Note 31. Key management personnel disclosures

Compensation

The aggregate compensation made to directors and other members of key management personnel (‘KMP’) of the consolidated entity is set out below:

 

  2013   2012 2011   2016   2015   2014 
  A$000   A$000 A$000   A$’000   A$’000   A$’000 

Short-term employee benefits

   1,587     1,575    1,699     1,586     1,328     1,133  

Post-employment benefits

   91     31    165     130     101     109  

Long-term benefits

   242     (3  36     200     38     —    

Termination benefits

   66     436    739       —       —    

Share-based payments

   438     367    537     183     —       —    
  

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   2,099     1,467     1,242  
   2,424     2,406    3,176    

 

   

 

   

 

 
  

 

   

 

  

 

 

Shareholding

The number of shares in the parent entity held during the financial year by each director andPlease refer to Note 34 for other members oftransactions with key management personnel of the consolidated entity, includingand their personally related parties, is set out below:

2013  

Balance at

the start of

the year

   

Received

as part of

remuneration

   Additions   

Disposals/

other

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

 

Ordinary shares

         

G Kelly **

   —       —       3,524,207     2,190,997    5,715,204  

R Birch **

   —       —       485,372     1,136,750    1,622,122  

A Heaton **

   —       —       7,572,056     28,344    7,600,400  

S Coffey **

   —       —       88,236     1,000    89,236  

J O’Connor

   253,551     —       25,050      278,601  

J Austin * ***

   20,288,053     —       —       (20,288,053  —    

W Rueckert * ***

   5,000       —       (5,000  —    

D Brown **

   —       —       3,494,795     3,000    3,497,795  

M Hinze ***

   14,728     —       —       (14,728  —    

C Kearney ***

   8,850     —       —       (8,850  —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   20,570,182     —       15,189,716     (16,956,540  18,803,358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

*Shares held include sponsored ADR’s.
**Disposals/other represents holding on becoming key management personnel
***Disposals/other represents no longer key management personnel, not necessarily a disposal of holding.

2012  

Balance at

the start of

the year

   

Received

as part of

remuneration

   Additions   

Disposals/

other

   

Balance at

the end of

the year

 

Ordinary shares

          

J O’Connor **

     —       —       253,551     253,551  

J Austin *

   20,288,053     —       —       —       20,288,053  

W Rueckert *

   5,000     —       —       —       5,000  

M Hinze

   14,728     —       —       —       14,728  

C Kearney

   8,850     —       —       —       8,850  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   20,316,631     —       —       253,551     20,570,182  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

*Shares held include sponsored ADR’s.
**Disposals/other represents holding on becoming key management personnel
parties.

Option holding

The number of options over ordinary shares in the parent entity held during the financial year by each director and other members of key management personnel of the consolidated entity, including their personally related parties, is set out below:

2013  

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   Exercised   

Expired/

forfeited/

other

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

 

Options over ordinary shares

         

J O’Connor

   81,104     —       —       (35,460  45,644  

W Rueckert *

   375,000     —       —       (375,000  —    

P White *

   375,000     —       —       (375,000  —    

R Youngman *

   375,000     —       —       (375,000  —    

M Hinze *

   365,676     —       —       (365,676  —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   1,571,780     —       —       (1,526,136  45,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

*Expired/forfeited/other represents options leaving the consolidated entity on disposal of MEI, not necessarily physical disposal.

2013  

Vested and

exercisable

   

Vested and

unexercisable

   

Vested at

the end of

the year

 

Options over ordinary shares

      

J O’Connor

   45,644     —       45,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   45,644     —       45,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2012  

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   Exercised   

Expired/

forfeited/

other

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

 

Options over ordinary shares

         

J O’Connor *

   —       —       —       81,104    81,104  

W Rueckert

   375,000     —       —       —      375,000  

P White

   375,000     —       —       —      375,000  

R Youngman

   375,000     —       —       —      375,000  

M Hinze

   381,224     —       —       (15,548  365,676  

P Scutt

   375,000     —       —       (375,000  —    

C Kearney

   215,332     —       —       (215,332  —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
   2,096,556     —       —       (524,776  1,571,780  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

*Disposals/other represents holding on becoming key management personnel

2012  

Vested and

exercisable

   

Vested and

unexercisable

   

Vested at

the end of

the year

 

Options over ordinary shares

      

J O’Connor

   69,693     11,411     81,104  

W Rueckert

   187,500     187,500     375,000  

P White

   187,500     187,500     375,000  

R Youngman

   187,500     187,500     375,000  

M Hinze

   193,919     171,757     365,676  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   826,112     745,668     1,571,780  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Related party transactions

Related party transactions are set out in note 28.

Note 26.Note 32. Contingent liabilities

As a condition of establishing bank facilities Novogen Limited and its subsidiaries, Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd and Novogen Research Pty Ltd have entered into a Guarantee and Indemnity with St George Bank in January 1997. The effect of the guarantee is to guarantee amounts owed to the bank by any of the above Novogen companies.

Although the consolidated entity assigned its liability for the property lease at 140 Wicks Road, North Ryde NSW 2113, in June 2012, it remains as the original lessee and should the assignee default on the lease, a potential liability may exist. Offsetting this contingent liability the company holds a letter of personal guarantee from the director of the assignee company, which guarantees the obligations of the assignee company contained or implied in the original lease.

The consolidated entity is continuing to prosecute its Intellectual Property (‘IP’) rights and in June 2007 announced that the Vienna Commercial Court had upheld a provisional injunction against an Austrian company, APOtrend. The consolidated entity has provided a guarantee to the value of €250,000 (A$325,000)($373,000) with the court to confirm its commitment to the ongoing enforcement process. As at 30 June 2016, the receivable balance continues to be fully impaired on the basis that it is unlikely to be recovered. The receivable balance and the corresponding provision for impairment is currently classified as ‘deposits held’. Refer to note 10.11. Due to the lengthy procedure, further delayed by the appointment of technical experts, the case did not progress and the status remained unchanged during the period.

Note 33. Commitments

 

Note 27.Commitments

  2013   2012 
  A$‘000   A$‘000   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
 

Lease commitments - operating

        

Committed at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities, payable:

        

Within one year

   62     102     204     87  

One to five years

   122     3     290     —    
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 
   494     87  
   184     105    

 

   

 

 
  

 

   

 

 

Operating lease commitments includes contracted amounts for leases of premises and plant and equipment under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within 3three years. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. Leases for premises include an annual review for CPI increases.

The office lease contains two renewal options, each for a three-year period. These renewal options are not included in the commitments as they may be cancelled by the consolidated entity. The consolidated entity at this stage intends to exercise the two remaining options. In order to exercise an option, the consolidated entity must inform the lessor no later than 6 months prior to the end of the lease, by which time it must commit to the term of the option.

Note 34. Related party transactions

Parent entity

Novogen Limited is the parent entity.

Subsidiaries

Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note 35.

Key management personnel

Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 31.

Transactions with related parties

The following transactions occurred with related parties:

   2016
A$’000
   2015
A$’000
   2014
A$’000
 

Payment for other expenses:

      

Accounting fees paid to Watkins Coffey Martin, an entity (partnership) in which Steven Coffey is a partner

   7     12     79  

Salary paid to Prue Kelly, the partner of Graham Kelly, a former director

   47     77     76  

In addition to Director’s fees, Consultancy fees for executive duties while Mr Iain Ross was Acting CEO were paid to Gladstone Consultancy Partnership, a UK based consulting partnership in which he has a beneficial interest.

   266     —       —    

In addition to Director’s fees, Consultancy fees for executive duties were paid to Kumara Inc, a corporation in which Mr Ian Phillips is a Director and has a beneficial interest.

   120     —       —    

Salary paid to Michael Kelly, the brother of Graham Kelly, a former director

   —       6     24  

Salary paid to Kathryn Stoddart, the daughter of Graham Kelly, former director

   —       4     —    

Other transactions:

There were no other transactions with KMP and their related parties.

Receivable from and payable to related parties

There were no trade receivables from or trade payables to related parties at the current and previous reporting date.

Loans to/from related parties

There were no loans to or from related parties at the current and previous reporting date.

Terms and conditions

All transactions were made on normal commercial terms and conditions and at market rates.

Note 35. Interests in subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting policy described in note 2:

      Ownership interest 
Name  Principal place of business /
Country of incorporation
  

2016

%

  

2015

%

 

Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd

  Australia   100.00  100.00

Novogen Research Pty Ltd

  Australia   100.00  100.00

Novogen North America Inc.

  United States of America   100.00  100.00

Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd

  Australia   100.00  100.00

Novogen Inc.

  United States of America   —      100.00

CanTx. Inc.

  United States of America   —      85.00

On 31 May 2016, the consolidated entity merged its U.S. fully owned subsidiary Novogen, Inc. with another U.S. fully owned subsidiary, Novogen North America, Inc. The merger was completed to simplify the group’s structure.

A predecessor value method has been used for the merger, which involved accounting for the assets and liabilities of the acquired business using existing carrying values.

The consolidated entity approved the dissolution of CanTx, Inc., a subsidiary in which U.S. based Novogen North America, Inc. held an 85% interest. The dissolution of CanTx, Inc. was completed on 31 May 2016. The dissolution was completed following the decision to stop funding the operations of CanTx, Inc., and to bring Cantrixil, one of the consolidated entity’s assets back into the consolidated entity’s portfolio.

Please refer to Note 9 for more details.

Note 28.Related party transactions

Parent entity

Novogen Limited isNote 36. Events after the parent entity.reporting period

SubsidiariesFiling of Investigational New Drug Application with FDA

Interests in subsidiaries are set out in note 30.

Key management personnel

Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in note 25 and the remuneration report in the directors’ report.

Transactions with related parties

The following transactions occurred with related parties:

   2013   2012   2011 
   A$000   A$000   A$000 

Sale of goods and services:

      

Sale of goods to Glycotex, Inc. an associated company through William Rueckert a former director

   462     —       —    

Payment for other expenses:

      

Accounting fees paid to Watkins Coffey Martin, a company in which Steven Coffey is a director

   45     —       —    

Administration fees paid to Prue Kelly, the partner of Graham Kelly, a director

   7     —       —    

Fees to Spark Capital, a firm in which former director Peter Scutt was a corporate advisor.

   —       374     30  

Other transactions:

Glycotex Inc. previously held the consolidated entity’s glucan technology intellectual property for the treatment of trophic ulcers. That intellectual property was sold on 27 July 2012 for total cash proceeds of A$150,000 to a private US-based company, which is associated with the former chairman and director William Rueckert.

The consolidated entity acquiredsubmitted its first Investigational New Drug (IND) Application to the sharesU.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on 11 August 2016. This is a major step that must be undertaken in Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd, which included its shareholders Graham Kelly, Andrew Heaton and Robert Birch, who became directors of Novogen Limited asorder to proceed with a result of this transaction. Refer to note 29 for further details.phase 1 clinical trial in the U.S.

Receivable from and payable to related parties

There were no trade receivables from or trade payables to related parties at the current and previous reporting date.

Loans to/from related parties

There were no loans to or from related parties at the current and previous reporting date.

Terms and conditions

All transactions were made on normal commercial terms and conditions and at market rates.

Note 29.Business combinations

Liquidation of Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd

On 5 December 2012 Novogen Limited acquired 100%21 April 2016, the consolidated entity lodged a request with ASIC for the voluntary liquidation of the ordinary shares ofits fully owned subsidiary Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd (‘Triaxial’) forLtd. The subsidiary will be dissolved and withdrawn from the total consideration transferredRegister of A$2,886,000. This is a biotechnology business. Triaxial had developed a novel technology platform allowing the designCompanies maintained by ASIC.

Appointment and constructionresignation of a family of compounds that Triaxial refers to as super-benzopyrans. The acquired business contributed revenues of A$nil and loss after tax of A$30,000 toKMPs

On 29 August 2016, the consolidated entity appointed Dr Gordon Hirsch as Chief Medical Officer. Dr Hirsch will be taking charge of overseeing the development of the clinical studies for the period from 5 December 2012 to 30 June 2013. Ifconsolidated entity’s assets.

On 29 August 2016, the acquisition occurred on 1 July 2012,consolidated entity appointed Dr Peng Leong as Chief Business Officer. Dr Leong will be taking charge of overseeing the full year contributions would have been revenues of A$nil and loss after tax of A$77,000. The values identified in relation to the acquisition of Triaxial are provisional as at 30 June 2013.

Detailsbusiness development of the acquisition are as follows:

Fair value
A$‘000

Cash and cash equivalents

32

Trade receivables

1

Plant and equipment

2

Patents and intellectual property

2,851

Net assets acquired

2,886

Goodwill

—  

Acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration transferred

2,886

Representing:

Novogen Limited shares issued to vendor

1,386

Convertible note issued

1,500

2,886

   2013  2012 
   A$‘000  A$‘000 

Cash used to acquire business, net of cash acquired:

   

Acquisition-date fair value of the total consideration transferred

   2,886    —    

Less: cash and cash equivalents

   (32  —    

Less: shares issued by parent entity as part of consideration

   (1,386  —    

Less: compound financial instrument issued

   (1,500  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash received

   (32  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Note 30.Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilitiesentity and results of the following subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting policy described in note 1:

      Equity holding 
Name of entity  

Country of

incorporation

  

2013

%

   

201

2 %

 

Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd

  Australia   100.00     100.00  

Novogen Research Pty Ltd

  Australia   100.00     100.00  

Novogen North America Inc.

  United States of America   100.00     —    

Triaxial Pharmaceuticals Pty Ltd

  Australia   100.00     —    

Novogen Inc.

  United States of America   100.00     100.00  

Glycotex, Inc.

  United States of America   —       99.70  

MEI Pharma, Inc.*

  United States of America   —       63.50  

*Formerly known as Marshall Edwards Inc.

Note 31.Events after the reporting period

On 4 July 2013, the company announced that it had entered into a funding arrangement with a sophisticated US-based institutional investor providing it with up to A$5,000,000 of working capital over 3 years. Under the Agreement, the investor will invest up to a maximum of A$5,000,000be based in the company by purchasing up toU.S.

Oninterest-free convertible securities with a minimum periodSeptember 2016, Professor Peter Gunning resigned from the Board of 120 days between tranches. The price of each security will be a minimum of A$165,000 and a maximum of A$1,000,000, by mutual consent. The Investor also will receive 4,000,000 options that will expire at the end of three years and have an option exercise price of 130% of the average daily volume-weighted average price (‘VWAP’) per share for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to 3 July 2013. Usual adjustments for reconstructions will apply.

The conversion price for the convertible securities will be, at the Investor’s discretion, either 90% of the average of 3 daily VWAP per share, as selected by the Investor, during the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to the relevant Conversion Notice Day, or a limited number at 130% of the average of the daily VWAP per share for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to execution of the Agreement.

The first investment of A$1,000,000 was called on immediately by way of a converted security with a face value of A$1,100,000.Novogen.

On 9 October 2013, the company announced it has acquired a novel drug technology from Genscreen that will be developedSeptember 2016, Mr Lionel Mateo resigned as a potentially major classCompany Secretary and Ms Kate Hill is appointed as Interim Company Secretary.

Approval of cancer drugs known as anti-tropomyosins (‘Anti-Tms’). Anti-Tm drugs will join the consolidated entity’s growing pipeline of super-benzopyran drugs, including Trilexium and related analogs.Investigational New Drug Application with FDA

On 21 October 2013,12 September, 2016, the companyCompany announced it issued a second convertible security under the agreement ofIND application for Cantrixil had been approved by the 4 July 2013. The A$1,000,000 in funds raised will be applied to develop the consolidated entity’s second and recently acquired drug technology platform known as “anti-tropomyosins”.FDA

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since 30 June 20132016 that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect the consolidated entity’s operations, the results of those operations, or the consolidated entity’s state of affairs in future financial years.

Note 37. Earnings per share

   

2016

A$’000

   

2015

A$’000

   

2014

A$’000

 

Earnings per share for loss from continuing operations

      

Loss after income tax

   (12,155   (7,306   (7,569

Non-controlling interest

   93     167     101  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss after income tax attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

   (12,062   (7,139   (7,468
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Number   Number   Number 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic earnings per share

   427,431,910     238,418,048     156,725,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share

   427,431,910     238,418,048     156,725,363  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Cents   Cents   Cents 

Basic earnings per share

   (2.82   (2.99   (4.76

Diluted earnings per share

   (2.82   (2.99   (4.76

Basic earnings per share

   (2.82   (2.99   (4.76

Diluted earnings per share

   (2.82   (2.99   (4.76

60,000,000 unlisted convertible notes with a face value of $1,500,000 and 73,915,001 options have been excluded from the above calculations as they were antidilutive.

Note 38. Share-based payments

The options in tranches 1,2,3 and 4 in the table below have been issued as consideration for services rendered in relation to capital raising conducted during the previous year by the consolidated entity.

The options in tranches 5,6,7 and 8 in the table below have been issued to employees under the ESOP.

2016

Tranche  Grant date  Expiry date  Exercise
price
   

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   

Expired/

forfeited/

other

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

   Vested and
Exercisable
 

1

  04/03/2015  16/12/2019  $0.150     466,470     —       —      466,470     466,470  

2

  04/03/2015  18/12/2019  $0.150     199,521     —       —      199,521     199,521  

3

  24/06/2015  30/12/2015  $0.300     1,380,000     —       (1,380,000  —       —    

4

  24/06/2015  30/06/2020  $0.400     5,190,000     —       —      5,190,000     —    

5*

  15/10/2015  16/11/2020  $0.220     —       5,500,008     (300,000  5,200,008     —    

6**

  18/03/2016  01/02/2021  $0.199     —       3,000,000     —      3,000,000     750,000  

7**

  18/03/2016  01/02/2021  $0.199     —       2,000,000     —      2,000,000     —    

8**

  18/03/2016  01/02/2021  $0.261     —       2,500,000     —      2,500,000     —    
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
         7,235,991     13,000,008     (1,680,000  18,555,999     1,415,991  
        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average exercise price

  

  $0.358    $0.220    $0.286   $0.268    $0.176  

Note 32.*Earnings perEmployee share options. Please refer to “Employee share options” section below for more details.
**Share options issued to CEO. Please refer to “Share options issued to CEO” section below for more details.

None of the options listed above have been exercised during the year.

Note 38. Share-based payments (continued)

The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at the 30 Jun 2016 is 4.33 years.

2015

Grant date  Expiry date  Exercise
price
  Balance at
the start of
the year
   Granted   Exercised  Expired/
forfeited/
other
   Balance at
the end of
the year
 

04/03/2015

  16/12/2019  $0.150   —       1,314,000     (847,530  —       466,470  

04/03/2015

  18/12/2019  $0.150   —       562,032     (362,511  —       199,521  

24/06/2015

  30/12/2015  $0.300   —       1,380,000     —      —       1,380,000  

24/06/2015

  30/06/2020  $0.400   —       5,190,000     —      —       5,190,000  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
       —       8,446,032     (1,210,041  —       7,235,991  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average exercise price

      $0.000    $0.328    $0.150   $0.000    $0.358  

All the options listed above were vested and exercisable at the end of the period.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of options outstanding at the 30 Jun 2015 is 4.10 years.

Employee share options

During the year ended 30 June 2016, 5,500,008 options (tranche 5) have been issued to the employees by the consolidated entity, pursuant to the approved ESOP.

Tranche 5 of 5,500,008 options

The options vest over 3 years. The vesting periods applying to options issued under this tranche are:

(i)16/11/2016 (1,833,336 options)

 

   2013  2012  2011 
   A$‘000  A$‘000  A$‘000 

Earnings per share for loss from continuing operations

    

Loss after income tax attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

   (1,508  (1,471  (5,339
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Number  Number  Number 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic earnings per share

   114,690,737    102,435,227    102,125,894  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share

   114,690,737    102,435,227    102,125,894  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Cents  Cents  Cents 

Basic earnings per share

   (1.315  (1.436  (5.228

Diluted earnings per share

   (1.315  (1.436  (5.228
(ii)16/11/2017 (1,833,336 options), and

45,644 (2012:1,606,240; 2011: 2,640,756)

(iii)16/11/2018 (1,833,336 options).

An option will only vest if the option holder continues to be a full time employee with the consolidated entity during the vesting period relating to the option.

Conditions for an option to be exercised:

The option must have vested and a period of 2 years from the date the option was issued must have passed;

Option holder must have provided the consolidated entity with an exercise notice and have paid the exercise price for the option;

The exercise notice must be for the exercise of at least the minimum number of options; and

The exercise notice must have been provided to the consolidated entity and exercise price paid before the expiry of 5 years from the date the option is issued.

Share options issued to CEO

During the year ended 30 June 2016, 7,500,000 options (tranche 6,7 and 8) have been issued to CEO Dr James Garner during the year by the consolidated entity pursuant to the approved Employee Share Option Plan.

Tranche 6 of 3,000,000 options

The options vest over 2 years. The vesting periods applying to options issued under this tranche are:

(i)01/08/2016 (750,000 options),

Note 38. Share-based payments (continued)

(ii)01/02/2017 (750,000 options),

(iii)01/08/2017 (750,000 options), and

(iv)01/02/2018 (750,000 options).

Tranche 7 of 2,000,000 options

The options vest on 01/02/2019.

Tranche 8 of 2,500,000 options

The options vest on 01/02/2020.

An option will only vest if the option holder continues to be a full time employee with the consolidated entity during the vesting period relating to the option.

Conditions for an option to be exercised:

The option must have vested;

Option holder must have provided the consolidated entity with an exercise notice and have paid the exercise price for the option;

The exercise notice must be for the exercise of at least the minimum number of options; and

The exercise notice must have been provided to the consolidated entity and exercise price paid before the expiry of 5 years from the date the option is issued.

Options Valuation

In order to obtain a fair valuation of these options, the following assumptions have been made:

The Black and Scholes option valuation methodology has been used. This Option Valuation methodology has been used with the expectation that the majority of these options would be exercised towards the end of the term of these options for Tranche 1 to Tranche 5. For Tranche 6 to Tranche 8, this Option Valuation methodology has been used with the expectation that the majority of these options would be exercised halfway through exercise period of these options.

The exercise prices and expiry dates of these options are disclosed in the table above.

The closing price of an ordinary share is as follows:

On 4 March 2015 (Tranche 1 and 2), $0.180 per ordinary share,

On 24 June 2015 (Tranche 3 and 4), $0.245 per ordinary share,

On 15 October 2015 (Tranche 5), $0.140 per ordinary share, and

On 18 March 2016 (Tranche 6, 7 and 8), $0.115 per ordinary share.

Risk-free rate and grant date

For Tranches 1 and 2, the risk-free rate of a five-year Australian Government bond was 2.07% on grant date, being 4 March 2015,

For Tranche 3, the risk-free rate of a two-year Australian Government bond was 2.02% on grant date, being 4 March 2015,

For Tranche 4, the risk-free rate of a five-year Australian Government bond was 2.34% on grant date, being 24 June 2015,

For Tranche 5, the risk-free rate of a five year Australian Government bond was 2.04% on grant date, being 15 October 2015, and;

For Tranche 6, 7 and 8, the risk-free rate of a five-year Australian Government bond was 2% on grant date, being 18 March 2016.

For Tranches 1, 2, 3 and 4, options do not have any vesting conditions and vest immediately on the grant date. These options are unlisted as at 30/06/2016. To reflect the unlisted status of the options, a discount rate of 20% to 30% may be applicable. No discount rate was applied in this instance.

The Tranches 5, 6, 7 and 8 options have not been included in the determination of earnings per sharevarious vesting periods and exercising conditions. These options are unlisted as they would be anti-dilutive.at 30/06/2016.

Note 38. Share-based payments (continued)

 

   2013  2012   2011 
   A$‘000  A$‘000   A$‘000 

Earnings per share for profit/(loss) from discontinued operations

     

Profit/(loss) after income tax

   723    121     (4,140

Non-controlling interest

   (246  2,659     2,981  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) after income tax attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

   477    2,780     (1,159
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Number  Number   Number 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic earnings per share

   114,690,737    102,435,227     102,125,894  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share

   114,690,737    102,435,227     102,125,894  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Cents  Cents   Cents 

Basic earnings per share

   0.416    2.714     (1.135

Diluted earnings per share

   0.416    2.714     (1.135

45,644 (2012:1,606,240; 2011: 2,640,756)No dividends are expected to be declared or paid by the consolidated entity during the terms of the options.

The underlying expected volatility was determined by reference to historical data of the Company’s shares over a period of time. No special features inherent to the options have not been included ingranted were incorporated into measurement of fair value.

Based on the determinationabove assumptions, the table below sets out the valuation for each tranche of earnings per share as they would be anti-dilutive.

   2013  2012  2011 
   A$‘000  A$‘000  A$‘000 

Earnings per share for profit/(loss)

    

Loss after income tax

   (785  (1,350  (9,479

Non-controlling interest

   (246  2,659    2,981  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) after income tax attributable to the owners of Novogen Limited

   (1,031  1,309    (6,498
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Number  Number  Number 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic earnings per share

   114,690,737    102,435,227    102,125,894  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share

   114,690,737    102,435,227    102,125,894  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Cents  Cents  Cents 

Basic earnings per share

   (0.899  1.278    (6.363

Diluted earnings per share

   (0.899  1.278    (6.363

45,644 (2012:1,606,240; 2011: 2,640,756) options have not been included in the determination of earnings per share as they would be anti-dilutive.options:

 

Tranche  Grant date   Expiry date   Share price at
Grant Date
   Exercise
price
   Volatility
(%)
  Option
Life
   Fair value
per option
 

1

   04/03/2015     16/12/2019    $0.180    $0.150     120.00  3.46    $0.150  

2

   04/03/2015     18/12/2019    $0.180    $0.150     120.00  3.47    $0.150  

3

   24/06/2015     30/06/2020    $0.245    $0.400     150.00  4.00    $0.217  

4

   15/10/2015     16/11/2020    $0.140    $0.220     158.11  4.38    $0.128  

5

   18/03/2016     18/03/2021    $0.115    $0.199     130.00  4.59    $0.081  

6

   18/03/2016     18/03/2021    $0.115    $0.199     130.00  4.59    $0.086  

7

   18/03/2016     18/03/2021    $0.115    $0.261     130.00  4.59    $0.087  

F-45

Note 33.Share-based payments

Employee Share Option Plan

The company established an Employee Share Option Plan which was approved by shareholders in October, 2007. The Employee Share Option Plan provides for the issue of options to eligible employees being an employee or director of the consolidated entity. The number and timing of option issued under the terms of the Employee Share Option Plan is entirely at the discretion of the Board.

Each option issued under the Employee Share Option Plan entitles its holder to acquire one fully paid ordinary share and is exercisable at a price generally equal to the weighted average price of such shares at the close of trading on the Australian Securities Exchange Limited for the five days prior to the date of issue. Options generally vest equally over a four year period from the date of grant and expire five years after grant date. No performance conditions apply to the options granted, however, the unvested option lapses if the employee ceases to be an employee during the vesting period. Options are not transferable and cannot be settled by the company in cash. The Employee Share Option Plan provides that in the event of a change of control of the company or in the event that the company is taken over, outstanding options become exercisable regardless of vesting status.

Set out below are summaries of options granted under the Employee Share Option Plan (exercise price quoted is in Australian dollars):

2013

Grant date  Expiry date  

Exercise

price

   

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   Exercised   

Expired/

forfeited/

other

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

 
01/07/08  01/03/13 *  $1.060     44,324     —       —       (44,324  —    
01/07/08  06/03/14 *  $0.526     105,812     —       —       (105,812  —    
01/07/08  26/01/15 *  $0.297     1,375,000     —       —       (1,375,000  —    
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
       1,525,136     —       —       (1,525,136  —    
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

*Expired/forfeited/other represents options leaving the consolidated entity on disposal of MEI, not necessarily physical disposal.

2012

Grant date  Expiry date  

Exercise

price

   

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   Exercised   

Expired/

forfeited/

other

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

 
01/07/08  30/03/12  $2.410     79,920     —       —       (79,920  —    
01/07/08  01/03/13  $1.060     182,736     —       —       (138,412  44,324  
01/07/08  06/03/14  $0.526     515,904     —       —       (410,092  105,812  
01/07/08  26/01/15  $0.297     1,750,000     —       —       (375,000  1,375,000  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
       2,528,560     —       —       (1,003,424  1,525,136  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average exercise price

  

         $0.340  

Consultant options

The consolidated entity has granted options by way of compensation to consultants who perform services for the consolidated entity. Options issued to consultants generally vest in four equal annual instalments over the vesting period.

Set out below are summaries of options granted under the Consultant options (exercise price quoted is in Australian dollars):

2013

Grant date  Expiry date  

Exercise

price

   

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   Vested   

Expired/

forfeited/

other

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

 
01/07/08  01/03/13  $1.060     35,460     —       —       (35,460  —    
06/03/09  06/03/14  $0.526     45,644     —       —       —      45,644  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
       81,104     —       —       (35,460  45,644  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average exercise price

  

         $0.526  

2012

Grant date  Expiry date  

Exercise

price

   

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   Vested   

Expired/

forfeited/

other

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

 
01/07/08  30/03/12  $2.410     31,092     —       —       (31,092  —    
01/07/08  01/03/13  $1.060     35,460     —       —       —      35,460  
06/03/09  06/03/14  $0.526     45,644     —       —       —      45,644  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
       112,196     —       —       (31,092  81,104  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average exercise price

  

         $0.760  

Set out below are the consultant options exercisable at the end of the financial year:

      2013   2012 
Grant date  Expiry date  Number   Number 
01/07/08  01/03/13   —       35,460  
06/03/09  06/03/14   45,644     34,233  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total exercisable

   45,644     69,693  
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The contractual life of all options granted is between three and five years. There are no cash settlement alternatives. The weighted average remaining contractual life for all share options outstanding as at 30 June 2013 was 0.75 years.

Share based payment plans - MEI Pharma, Inc.

On 9 December 2008, MEI Pharma, Inc. (‘MEI’) adopted the MEI 2008 Stock Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the ‘Plan’). The Plan provides for the issuance of a maximum of 7,000,000 shares of common stock in connection with the grant of options and/or other stock-based or stock-denominated awards to non-employee directors, officers, employees and advisors. Options issued under the Plan generally have a term of five years from the date of grant. The options/warrants generally vest in the following pattern, 25% 12 months from grant date with the balance vesting in equal monthly instalments over the following 36 months.

On 27 November 2012, MEI was disposed of, together with its share Plans. Up until the date of disposal, no options/warrants that were issued as share-based payments had expired or been forfeited or exercised.

Other share based payments

MEI has also issued options/warrants outside the Plan to a consultant and to MEI’s President and Chief Executive Officer, however no options have been issued during the year ended 30 June 2013.

Set out below are summaries of MEI options/warrants granted under the plan (exercise price quoted is in U.S. dollars):

2013

Grant date  Expiry date  

Exercise

price

   

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   Vested   

Expired/

forfeited/

other *

  

Balance at

the end of

the year

 
01/07/08  30/07/13  $21.700     4,608     —       —       (4,608  —    
01/07/08  28/01/14  $6.300     5,000     —       —       (5,000  —    
01/07/08  23/04/15  $5.050     110,195     —       —       (110,195  —    
01/07/08  07/06/15  $1.860     110,195     —       —       (110,195  —    
01/07/08  18/06/15  $1.520     73,463     —       —       (73,463  —    
01/07/08  01/09/15  $0.770     82,232     —       —       (82,232  —    
01/07/08  01/11/15  $1.150     37,500     —       —       (37,500  —    
01/07/08  01/06/16  $1.280     177,620     —       —       (177,620  —    
01/07/08  01/08/16  $1.900     138,510     —       —       (138,510  —    
01/07/08  01/09/16  $1.530     2,000     —       —       (2,000  —    
01/07/08  01/06/17  $0.610     1,000     —       —       (1,000  —    
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 
       742,323     —       —       (742,323  —    
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

*Expired/forfeited/other represents options leaving the consolidated entity on disposal of MEI, not necessarily physical disposal.

2012

Grant date  Expiry date  

Exercise

price

   

Balance at

the start of

the year

   Granted   Vested   Expired/
forfeited/
other
   Balance at
the end of
the year
 
01/07/08  30/07/13  $21.700     4,608     —       —       —       4,608  
01/07/08  28/01/14  $6.300     5,000     —       —       —       5,000  
01/07/08  23/04/15  $5.050     110,195     —       —       —       110,195  
01/07/08  07/06/15  $1.860     110,195     —       —       —       110,195  
01/07/08  18/06/15  $1.520     73,463     —       —       —       73,463  
01/07/08  01/09/15  $0.770     82,232     —       —       —       82,232  
01/07/08  01/11/15  $1.150     37,500     —       —       —       37,500  
01/07/08  01/06/16  $1.280     177,620     —       —       —       177,620  
01/07/08  01/08/16  $1.900     —       138,510     —       —       138,510  
01/07/08  01/09/16  $1.530     —       2,000     —       —       2,000  
01/07/08  01/06/17  $0.610     —       1,000     —       —       1,000  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       600,813     141,510     —       —       742,323  
      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average exercise price

  

          $2.160  

On 27 November 2012, MEI was disposed of, together with its share Plans. Up until the date of disposal, no options/warrants were that were issued as share-based payments had expired or been forfeited or exercised. These options are no longer part of the consolidated entity, however they may still be available for conversation by MEI option holders.

Share based payment plans-Glycotex, Inc.

The Glycotex, Inc. 2007 stock option plan provides for the issuance of a maximum of 357,000 shares of common stock in connection with the grant of options and/or other stock-based or stock-denominated awards to non-employee directors, officers, employees and advisors.

On 27 November 2012, Glycotex, Inc. was disposed of, together with its share Plans.

Directors’ declaration

In the directors’ opinion:

the attached financial statements and notes thereto comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board as described in note 1 to the financial statements;

the attached financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 2013 and of its performance for the financial year ended on that date; and

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors.

On behalf of the directors

/s/ Graham Kelly

Graham Kelly

Chairman

October 31, 2013
Sydney

LOGO

Grant Thornton Audit Pty Ltd
ACN 130 913 594
Level 17, 383 Kent Street
Sydney NSW 2000
Locked Bag Q800
QVB Post Office
Sydney NSW 1230
T +61 2 8297 2400
F +61 2 9299 4445
E info.nsw@au.gt.com
W www.grantthornton.com.au

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of Novogen Limited.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Novogen Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Novogen Limited and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Grant Thornton’ refers to the brand under which the Grant Thornton member firms provide assurance, tax and advisory services to their clients and/or refers to one or more member firms, as the context requires. Grant Thornton Australia Ltd is a member firm of Grant Thornton International Ltd (GTIL). GTIL and the member firms are not a worldwide partnership. GTIL and each member firm is a separate legal entity. Services are delivered by the member firms. GTIL does not provide services to clients. GTIL and its member firms are not agents of, and do not obligate one another and are not liable for one another’s acts or omissions. In the Australian context only, the use of the term ‘Grant Thornton’ may refer to Grant Thornton Australia Limited ABN 41 127 556 389 and its Australian subsidiaries and related entities. GTIL is not an Australian related entity to Grant Thornton Australia Limited.

LOGO

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that Novogen Limited will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1, the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon it deriving sufficient cash from investors and future revenues. These conditions, among others, as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters also are described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Grant Thornton
GRANT THORNTON AUDIT PTY LTD
Chartered Accountants
Sydney, NSW, Australia
October 31, 2013

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

NOVOGEN LIMITED

/s/ Graham Kelly

Graham Kelly
Chief Executive Officer
Date: October 31, 2013

Exhibit Index

a.Exhibits

Exhibit
No.
Exhibit Description
  1.1Constitution of Novogen Limited (formerly known as the Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association). (1)
  2.1Deposit Agreement as further amended and restated, dated as of September 29, 2005, among Novogen Limited, the Bank of New York, as Depositary, and owners and holders from time to time of ADRs issued thereunder. (2)
  4.1Lease between Hyperion Property Syndicates Limited (Lessor) and Novogen Laboratories Pty Ltd for the Company’s corporate headquarters at 140 Wicks Road, North Ryde, New South Wales. (5)
  4.2Employment Contract between the Company and Professor Alan Husband dated March 10, 2010. (5)
  4.3Employment Contract between the Company and Bryan Palmer dated March 10, 2010. (5)
  4.4Employment Contract between the Company and Craig Kearney dated March 10, 2010. (5)
  4.5Employment Contract between the Company and Ronald Erratt dated March 10, 2010. (5)
  4.6Employment Contract between the Company and Mark Hinze dated September 23, 2010. (5)
  4.7Patent License Agreement, dated as of November 13, 1997, by and among Novogen Limited, Novogen Research Pty Limited, Novogen Inc. and Protein Technologies International Inc.** (3)
  4.8Amendment to the Patent License Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2004 by and among Novogen Limited, Novogen Research Pty Limited, Novogen Inc. and Solae LLC (formerly known as Protein Technologies International Inc.)** (4)
  4.9Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, between MEI, the Company and Novogen Pty Limited (6).
  4.10Amendment Agreement with Archer Daniels Midland Company, dated June 30, 2011 (6)
  4.11Securities Subscription Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2011, between Marshall Edwards, Inc. and Novogen Limited. (7)

  4.12Securities Subscription Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2011, between Marshall Edwards, Inc. and Novogen Limited. (8)
  8.1Company Subsidiaries. (*)
12.1Certification of the Acting Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a – 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (*)
12.2Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a – 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (*)
13.1Certification by the Acting Principal Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as added by Section 906 of the Sarbanes – Oxley Act of 2002. (*)

*Filed herewith.
**Portions of these documents have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. Such omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.
(1)Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 1998 (File No. 0-29962)
(2)Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 2005 (File No. 333-128681)
(3)Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2009 (File No. 0-29962).
(4)Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2009 (File No. 0-29962).
(5)Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2010 (File No. 0-29962).
(6)Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 13, 2011 (File No. 0-29962).
(7)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Subsidiary’s (MEI Pharma, Inc.) filing on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2011 (File No. 000-50484).
(8)Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Subsidiary’s (MEI Pharma, Inc.) filing on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2011 (File No. 000-50484).

113